Computer Awareness is a high-scoring section in RSMSSB CET, SSC, Bank, Railway (RRB) and all major competitive exams. This complete set of 1000 Computer MCQs covers 10 essential topics with detailed answers, clear explanations, and exam-focused insights — everything you need to master the Computer section and score full marks.
Topics Covered (Table of Contents)
- Topic 1: Computer Fundamentals – 100 MCQs
- Topic 2: Computer Hardware – 100 MCQs
- Topic 3: Computer Memory – 100 MCQs
- Topic 4: Software – 100 MCQs
- Topic 5: Operating System – 100 MCQs
- Topic 6: Microsoft Office Suite – 100 MCQs
- Topic 7: Computer Networks & Internet – 100 MCQs
- Topic 8: Database Management – 100 MCQs
- Topic 9: Computer Security & Viruses – 100 MCQs
- Topic 10: Miscellaneous Important Topics – 100 MCQs
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 1: Computer Fundamentals
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Introduction to Computer (20 MCQs)
Q1. The word 'computer' is derived from which language?
(A) Greek
(B) Latin
(C) Sanskrit
(D) French
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Latin
Explanation: The term 'computer' comes from the Latin word 'computare', which means 'to calculate' or 'to compute'.
Q2. A computer is best defined as an electronic device that:
(A) Only stores data
(B) Only prints documents
(C) Processes data into information
(D) Only displays pictures
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Processes data into information
Explanation: A computer accepts raw data as input, processes it according to instructions, and produces meaningful information as output.
Q3. The basic data processing cycle of a computer follows which sequence?
(A) Output - Process - Input
(B) Input - Output - Process
(C) Input - Process - Output
(D) Process - Input - Output
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Input - Process - Output
Explanation: The standard cycle is Input (data entry), Process (CPU operation), Output (result), often abbreviated as IPO cycle.
Q4. Raw, unprocessed facts and figures fed into a computer are called:
(A) Information
(B) Data
(C) Knowledge
(D) Reports
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Data
Explanation: Data refers to raw facts and figures. When data is processed and given meaning, it becomes information.
Q5. The processed and meaningful form of data is known as:
(A) Bytes
(B) Information
(C) Signals
(D) Instructions
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Information
Explanation: When raw data is processed by the computer, it becomes organised and meaningful, which is called information.
Q6. Which of the following is NOT a function of a computer?
(A) Accepting input
(B) Storing data
(C) Taking independent decisions on its own
(D) Processing data
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Taking independent decisions on its own
Explanation: A computer cannot take decisions on its own; it works strictly according to the instructions given by the user. It lacks self-intelligence.
Q7. A set of instructions that tells a computer what to do is called a:
(A) Hardware
(B) Program
(C) Circuit
(D) Device
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Program
Explanation: A program is a sequence of instructions written to perform a specific task that guides the computer's operation.
Q8. The branch of science that deals with the study of computers and their applications is called:
(A) Biology
(B) Computer Science
(C) Geology
(D) Astronomy
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Computer Science
Explanation: Computer Science is the systematic study of computers, including their design, operation, and application.
Q9. Which Indian scientist is often associated with early computing development in India?
(A) C.V. Raman
(B) Rajreddy / pioneers at TIFR
(C) Homi Bhabha and TIFR's TIFRAC team
(D) Vikram Sarabhai
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Homi Bhabha and TIFR's TIFRAC team
Explanation: TIFRAC (Tata Institute of Fundamental Research Automatic Calculator) was the first indigenously developed digital computer in India, built at TIFR.
Q10. The physical and tangible parts of a computer are collectively known as:
(A) Software
(B) Firmware
(C) Hardware
(D) Freeware
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Hardware
Explanation: Hardware refers to all the physical components of a computer that can be seen and touched, such as the monitor, keyboard, and CPU.
Q11. Which term describes the speed at which a computer performs operations?
(A) Accuracy
(B) Speed/Velocity
(C) Diligence
(D) Versatility
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Speed/Velocity
Explanation: Speed is the characteristic that refers to how fast a computer can process instructions, measured in units like MIPS or GHz.
Q12. A computer system fundamentally works on which two states?
(A) High and Medium
(B) On and Off (0 and 1)
(C) Hot and Cold
(D) Fast and Slow
Show Answer
Answer: (B) On and Off (0 and 1)
Explanation: Computers operate on the binary system, using two states represented as 0 (off) and 1 (on), which is the basis of digital electronics.
Q13. The term 'Data Processing' refers to:
(A) Deleting data
(B) Converting data into information
(C) Printing data only
(D) Hiding data
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Converting data into information
Explanation: Data processing is the manipulation and conversion of raw data into a meaningful and useful form called information.
Q14. Which of the following best describes 'GIGO' in computing?
(A) Good Input Good Output
(B) Garbage In Garbage Out
(C) Great Input Great Output
(D) General Input General Output
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Garbage In Garbage Out
Explanation: GIGO stands for Garbage In, Garbage Out, meaning that incorrect or poor-quality input data will produce incorrect output.
Q15. An electronic device that stores and manipulates information under the control of a program is a:
(A) Calculator
(B) Computer
(C) Typewriter
(D) Telephone
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Computer
Explanation: Unlike a simple calculator, a computer stores both data and a program (stored-program concept) and manipulates information automatically.
Q16. The reliability of a computer means that it:
(A) Never needs electricity
(B) Produces consistent and dependable results
(C) Works without any program
(D) Can think like humans
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Produces consistent and dependable results
Explanation: Reliability refers to the ability of a computer to consistently produce dependable and trustworthy results over a long period.
Q17. Which capability allows a computer to perform many different types of tasks?
(A) Diligence
(B) Versatility
(C) Storage
(D) Power
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Versatility
Explanation: Versatility is the characteristic that enables a computer to perform a wide variety of tasks, from calculations to multimedia.
Q18. Computers performing tasks repeatedly without getting tired demonstrates which characteristic?
(A) Speed
(B) Diligence
(C) Accuracy
(D) Memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Diligence
Explanation: Diligence means a computer can perform the same task repeatedly with the same accuracy and without fatigue, boredom, or loss of concentration.
Q19. The ability of a computer to give error-free results is called:
(A) Speed
(B) Accuracy
(C) Versatility
(D) Diligence
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Accuracy
Explanation: Accuracy refers to the computer's capability to produce results that are correct and free of errors, provided the input and program are correct.
Q20. Which of these is considered the 'brain' of the computer in a general sense?
(A) Monitor
(B) Keyboard
(C) CPU
(D) Printer
Show Answer
Answer: (C) CPU
Explanation: The Central Processing Unit (CPU) is called the brain of the computer because it controls and performs all processing operations.
Sub-Topic 2: History & Generations of Computers (30 MCQs)
Q21. Who is widely regarded as the 'Father of the Computer'?
(A) Charles Babbage
(B) Alan Turing
(C) John von Neumann
(D) Blaise Pascal
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Charles Babbage
Explanation: Charles Babbage designed the Analytical Engine and the Difference Engine, and is therefore called the Father of the Computer.
Q22. The first mechanical calculating device used for counting was the:
(A) Pascaline
(B) Abacus
(C) Napier's Bones
(D) Difference Engine
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Abacus
Explanation: The Abacus, originating in China around 2400 BC, is considered the first mechanical counting/calculating device.
Q23. Who invented the first mechanical adding machine called 'Pascaline'?
(A) Charles Babbage
(B) Blaise Pascal
(C) Gottfried Leibniz
(D) Herman Hollerith
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Blaise Pascal
Explanation: Blaise Pascal invented the Pascaline in 1642, a mechanical calculator capable of addition and subtraction.
Q24. Who is considered the world's first computer programmer?
(A) Ada Lovelace
(B) Grace Hopper
(C) Charles Babbage
(D) Alan Turing
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ada Lovelace
Explanation: Ada Lovelace wrote the first algorithm intended for Charles Babbage's Analytical Engine, making her the first programmer.
Q25. The main electronic component used in First Generation computers was:
(A) Transistors
(B) Integrated Circuits
(C) Vacuum Tubes
(D) Microprocessors
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Vacuum Tubes
Explanation: First Generation computers (1940-1956) used vacuum tubes for circuitry and magnetic drums for memory.
Q26. Which component characterised the Second Generation of computers?
(A) Vacuum Tubes
(B) Transistors
(C) Integrated Circuits
(D) VLSI
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Transistors
Explanation: Second Generation computers (1956-1963) used transistors, which were smaller, faster, and more reliable than vacuum tubes.
Q27. Integrated Circuits (ICs) were the hallmark of which computer generation?
(A) First
(B) Second
(C) Third
(D) Fifth
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Third
Explanation: Third Generation computers (1964-1971) used Integrated Circuits (ICs), which placed many transistors on a single silicon chip.
Q28. The microprocessor was introduced in which generation of computers?
(A) Second
(B) Third
(C) Fourth
(D) Fifth
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Fourth
Explanation: Fourth Generation computers (1971-present) are based on the microprocessor, which integrated thousands of ICs onto a single chip (VLSI).
Q29. Which concept is associated with the Fifth Generation of computers?
(A) Vacuum Tubes
(B) Transistors
(C) Artificial Intelligence
(D) Punch Cards
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Artificial Intelligence
Explanation: Fifth Generation computers (present and beyond) are based on Artificial Intelligence (AI), parallel processing, and ULSI technology.
Q30. The first general-purpose electronic digital computer was:
(A) UNIVAC
(B) ENIAC
(C) EDVAC
(D) Mark-I
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ENIAC
Explanation: ENIAC (Electronic Numerical Integrator and Computer), built in 1945, is regarded as the first general-purpose electronic digital computer.
Q31. UNIVAC stands for:
(A) Universal Automatic Computer
(B) United Variable Automatic Computer
(C) Universal Analog Computer
(D) United Numeric Auto Calculator
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Universal Automatic Computer
Explanation: UNIVAC stands for Universal Automatic Computer; it was the first commercially produced computer in the United States.
Q32. Which scientist proposed the 'stored program concept'?
(A) Charles Babbage
(B) John von Neumann
(C) Alan Turing
(D) Blaise Pascal
Show Answer
Answer: (B) John von Neumann
Explanation: John von Neumann proposed the stored-program concept, where both data and instructions are stored in the same memory.
Q33. The 'Analytical Engine' was designed by:
(A) Blaise Pascal
(B) Charles Babbage
(C) Herman Hollerith
(D) John Napier
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Charles Babbage
Explanation: Charles Babbage designed the Analytical Engine, a general-purpose mechanical computer considered a precursor to the modern computer.
Q34. 'Napier's Bones', a calculating device, was invented by:
(A) John Napier
(B) Blaise Pascal
(C) Charles Babbage
(D) Wilhelm Schickard
Show Answer
Answer: (A) John Napier
Explanation: John Napier invented Napier's Bones, a manual calculating device used for multiplication and division, and also discovered logarithms.
Q35. Approximately how many vacuum tubes did the ENIAC use?
(A) 1,800
(B) 18,000
(C) 1,80,000
(D) 180
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 18,000
Explanation: ENIAC famously used around 18,000 vacuum tubes, which made it extremely large, heavy, and power-consuming.
Q36. Punched cards for data processing were first developed by:
(A) Charles Babbage
(B) Herman Hollerith
(C) Joseph Jacquard
(D) John von Neumann
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Herman Hollerith
Explanation: Herman Hollerith developed the punched-card tabulating machine, and his company later became part of IBM.
Q37. The first Indian-made supercomputer was:
(A) Aryabhatta
(B) PARAM 8000
(C) SAGA
(D) Param Padma
Show Answer
Answer: (B) PARAM 8000
Explanation: PARAM 8000, developed by C-DAC in 1991, was India's first indigenously built supercomputer.
Q38. Which organisation developed the PARAM series of supercomputers in India?
(A) ISRO
(B) DRDO
(C) C-DAC
(D) BARC
Show Answer
Answer: (C) C-DAC
Explanation: C-DAC (Centre for Development of Advanced Computing) developed the PARAM series of supercomputers.
Q39. The programming language COBOL was associated with the work of:
(A) Grace Hopper
(B) Ada Lovelace
(C) Dennis Ritchie
(D) James Gosling
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Grace Hopper
Explanation: Grace Hopper played a key role in developing COBOL and is also credited with popularising the term debugging.
Q40. Which generation of computers used machine language as the primary programming language?
(A) First Generation
(B) Third Generation
(C) Fourth Generation
(D) Fifth Generation
Show Answer
Answer: (A) First Generation
Explanation: First Generation computers were programmed using machine language (binary), which was the most basic and difficult level of programming.
Q41. The size of computers has changed over generations in which order?
(A) Small to Large
(B) Large to Small
(C) Same throughout
(D) No change in size
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Large to Small
Explanation: Over successive generations, computers have become progressively smaller in size while increasing in speed and power.
Q42. VLSI technology (Very Large Scale Integration) is the basis of which generation?
(A) First
(B) Second
(C) Third
(D) Fourth
Show Answer
Answer: (D) Fourth
Explanation: Fourth Generation computers use VLSI technology, which allowed thousands of components to be packed onto a single microprocessor chip.
Q43. Which of the following was a Second Generation computer?
(A) ENIAC
(B) IBM 1401
(C) Intel 4004 based PC
(D) ENIAC II
Show Answer
Answer: (B) IBM 1401
Explanation: IBM 1401 was a popular transistor-based Second Generation computer widely used for business data processing.
Q44. The 'Difference Engine' was designed to compute:
(A) Logarithms only
(B) Mathematical tables
(C) Music notes
(D) Weather forecasts
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mathematical tables
Explanation: Charles Babbage's Difference Engine was designed to automatically calculate and tabulate polynomial functions (mathematical tables).
Q45. Magnetic drums were used as memory in which generation?
(A) First Generation
(B) Third Generation
(C) Fourth Generation
(D) Fifth Generation
Show Answer
Answer: (A) First Generation
Explanation: First Generation computers used magnetic drums as the primary memory storage device.
Q46. Artificial Intelligence, robotics, and natural language processing are features of which generation?
(A) Third
(B) Fourth
(C) Fifth
(D) Second
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Fifth
Explanation: The Fifth Generation focuses on Artificial Intelligence, expert systems, robotics, and natural language processing.
Q47. Which device is considered the first programmable computer (electromechanical)?
(A) ENIAC
(B) Z3 by Konrad Zuse
(C) UNIVAC
(D) EDVAC
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Z3 by Konrad Zuse
Explanation: The Z3, built by Konrad Zuse in 1941, is considered the world's first programmable, fully automatic digital computer.
Q48. The transistor was invented in the year:
(A) 1925
(B) 1947
(C) 1971
(D) 1991
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 1947
Explanation: The transistor was invented in 1947 at Bell Laboratories, leading to the Second Generation of computers.
Q49. Which language generation is machine language classified under?
(A) First Generation Language (1GL)
(B) Second Generation Language (2GL)
(C) Third Generation Language (3GL)
(D) Fourth Generation Language (4GL)
Show Answer
Answer: (A) First Generation Language (1GL)
Explanation: Machine language is the First Generation Language (1GL), consisting only of binary 0s and 1s directly understood by the computer.
Q50. Param Shivay and PARAM Siddhi-AI are examples of:
(A) Indian satellites
(B) Indian supercomputers
(C) Indian missiles
(D) Indian software companies
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Indian supercomputers
Explanation: PARAM Shivay and PARAM Siddhi-AI are modern Indian supercomputers developed under the National Supercomputing Mission.
Sub-Topic 3: Types of Computers (Analog, Digital, Hybrid) (20 MCQs)
Q51. On the basis of working principle, computers are classified into:
(A) Micro, Mini, Mainframe
(B) Analog, Digital, Hybrid
(C) Small, Medium, Large
(D) Personal and Public
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Analog, Digital, Hybrid
Explanation: Based on their working principle (the way they handle data), computers are classified as Analog, Digital, and Hybrid.
Q52. A computer that measures continuous physical quantities like temperature and pressure is a:
(A) Digital computer
(B) Analog computer
(C) Hybrid computer
(D) Micro computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Analog computer
Explanation: Analog computers work on continuous data and measure physical quantities such as temperature, pressure, and voltage.
Q53. A computer that works on discrete data in the form of 0s and 1s is called a:
(A) Analog computer
(B) Digital computer
(C) Hybrid computer
(D) Optical computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Digital computer
Explanation: Digital computers process discrete data represented in binary form (0s and 1s) and are the most commonly used type today.
Q54. A computer that combines the features of both analog and digital computers is a:
(A) Super computer
(B) Hybrid computer
(C) Mini computer
(D) Micro computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hybrid computer
Explanation: Hybrid computers combine the measuring capability of analog computers with the counting/logical capability of digital computers.
Q55. Hybrid computers are most commonly used in:
(A) Schools for typing
(B) Hospitals (ICU patient monitoring)
(C) Homes for gaming
(D) Libraries for cataloguing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hospitals (ICU patient monitoring)
Explanation: Hybrid computers are widely used in hospitals to monitor patients, measuring vital signs (analog) and converting them to digital readings.
Q56. On the basis of size, which is the largest and most powerful type of computer?
(A) Microcomputer
(B) Minicomputer
(C) Mainframe computer
(D) Supercomputer
Show Answer
Answer: (D) Supercomputer
Explanation: Supercomputers are the largest, fastest, and most expensive computers, used for complex tasks like weather forecasting and research.
Q57. A personal computer (PC) is an example of which type by size?
(A) Supercomputer
(B) Mainframe
(C) Microcomputer
(D) Minicomputer
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Microcomputer
Explanation: Personal computers, laptops, and smartphones fall under the microcomputer category, which uses a microprocessor.
Q58. Which type of computer is typically used by large organisations like banks for bulk data processing?
(A) Microcomputer
(B) Mainframe computer
(C) Analog computer
(D) Personal computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mainframe computer
Explanation: Mainframe computers are large, powerful systems used by big organisations and banks to process huge volumes of data and serve many users simultaneously.
Q59. A speedometer in a vehicle is an example of which type of computer?
(A) Digital
(B) Analog
(C) Hybrid
(D) Quantum
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Analog
Explanation: A traditional speedometer measures continuous speed values, making it an example of an analog device.
Q60. Which of the following is the smallest type of computer by size?
(A) Mainframe
(B) Minicomputer
(C) Microcomputer
(D) Supercomputer
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Microcomputer
Explanation: Microcomputers (desktops, laptops, palmtops) are the smallest category of computers based on size.
Q61. A minicomputer is best described as a computer that is:
(A) Smaller than a microcomputer
(B) Between a microcomputer and a mainframe in size and power
(C) Larger than a supercomputer
(D) Used only for gaming
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Between a microcomputer and a mainframe in size and power
Explanation: Minicomputers are mid-sized systems, more powerful than microcomputers but smaller than mainframes, used by medium-sized businesses.
Q62. Which type of computer is used for weather forecasting and nuclear research?
(A) Microcomputer
(B) Minicomputer
(C) Supercomputer
(D) Analog computer
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Supercomputer
Explanation: Supercomputers, with their massive processing power, are used for weather forecasting, nuclear simulations, and scientific research.
Q63. A workstation differs from a personal computer mainly in that it has:
(A) Lower processing power
(B) Higher processing power for technical/scientific work
(C) No monitor
(D) Only gaming capability
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Higher processing power for technical/scientific work
Explanation: A workstation is a high-performance computer designed for technical and scientific applications like CAD and 3D rendering.
Q64. A laptop, notebook, and tablet are all examples of:
(A) Mainframe computers
(B) Microcomputers (portable)
(C) Analog computers
(D) Supercomputers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Microcomputers (portable)
Explanation: Laptops, notebooks, and tablets are portable microcomputers that use microprocessors for operation.
Q65. Which characteristic is true for analog computers?
(A) They give exact/precise results
(B) They give approximate results based on measurement
(C) They process binary data
(D) They are most common today
Show Answer
Answer: (B) They give approximate results based on measurement
Explanation: Analog computers measure continuous data and generally produce approximate results, unlike digital computers which give precise outputs.
Q66. Which of these is a digital device?
(A) Mercury thermometer
(B) Analog speedometer
(C) Digital calculator
(D) Slide rule
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Digital calculator
Explanation: A digital calculator processes discrete numbers and displays exact digital values, making it a digital device.
Q67. A 'server' in a network is generally a type of:
(A) Analog computer
(B) Powerful computer that provides services to other computers
(C) A device that only prints
(D) A type of monitor
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Powerful computer that provides services to other computers
Explanation: A server is a powerful computer that manages network resources and provides services (files, web pages, email) to client computers.
Q68. Embedded computers are typically found in:
(A) Only large data centres
(B) Everyday devices like washing machines and microwaves
(C) Only supercomputing labs
(D) Only banks
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Everyday devices like washing machines and microwaves
Explanation: Embedded computers are small, dedicated computers built into appliances like washing machines, ACs, and cars to perform specific functions.
Q69. Which type of computer is designed to perform only one specific task?
(A) General-purpose computer
(B) Special-purpose computer
(C) Hybrid computer
(D) Mainframe computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Special-purpose computer
Explanation: A special-purpose computer is designed and dedicated to perform a single specific task, like a traffic light controller.
Q70. Most computers used in homes and offices today are classified as:
(A) Analog and special-purpose
(B) Digital and general-purpose
(C) Hybrid and special-purpose
(D) Analog and general-purpose
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Digital and general-purpose
Explanation: Common home and office computers are digital (working on binary) and general-purpose (able to perform many different tasks).
Sub-Topic 4: Characteristics, Advantages & Limitations (15 MCQs)
Q71. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of a computer?
(A) Speed
(B) Accuracy
(C) Emotions/Feelings
(D) Diligence
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Emotions/Feelings
Explanation: A computer has no emotions, feelings, intelligence, or intuition (IQ). It cannot think on its own.
Q72. The major limitation of a computer is that it lacks:
(A) Speed
(B) Storage
(C) Common sense / decision-making power
(D) Accuracy
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Common sense / decision-making power
Explanation: A computer lacks intelligence and common sense; it cannot make decisions on its own and only follows programmed instructions.
Q73. Which characteristic means a computer can store huge amounts of data?
(A) Speed
(B) Storage capacity
(C) Diligence
(D) Accuracy
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Storage capacity
Explanation: Storage capacity is the characteristic that enables a computer to store large volumes of data and retrieve it whenever needed.
Q74. A computer cannot correct its own mistakes because it lacks:
(A) Power
(B) Self-intelligence
(C) A keyboard
(D) Memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Self-intelligence
Explanation: Since a computer has no intelligence of its own, it cannot detect or correct logical errors made by the programmer.
Q75. Which is an advantage of using computers in offices?
(A) Increased human errors
(B) Slower processing
(C) Automation and increased efficiency
(D) Loss of all data
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Automation and increased efficiency
Explanation: Computers automate repetitive tasks, increase efficiency and accuracy, and save time in office environments.
Q76. Which of the following is a disadvantage of computers?
(A) High accuracy
(B) Health issues and reduced human interaction
(C) Fast processing
(D) Large storage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Health issues and reduced human interaction
Explanation: Prolonged computer use can cause health problems (eye strain, posture issues) and reduce face-to-face human interaction.
Q77. Computers can lead to unemployment because they:
(A) Increase manual labour
(B) Automate jobs previously done by humans
(C) Are too slow
(D) Cannot store data
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Automate jobs previously done by humans
Explanation: Automation by computers can replace certain human jobs, which is often cited as a social disadvantage.
Q78. The accuracy of a computer's output mainly depends on:
(A) The colour of the monitor
(B) The correctness of input and program
(C) The brand of the computer
(D) The size of the keyboard
Show Answer
Answer: (B) The correctness of input and program
Explanation: A computer is accurate only if the input data and the program instructions are correct, reflecting the GIGO principle.
Q79. Which characteristic allows a computer to work continuously for hours without errors?
(A) Versatility
(B) Diligence
(C) Storage
(D) Power
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Diligence
Explanation: Diligence is the ability to perform tasks repeatedly and continuously without fatigue, boredom, or reduction in accuracy.
Q80. A key advantage of computers in the field of education is:
(A) Reduced access to information
(B) E-learning and access to vast information
(C) Slower learning
(D) No use in research
Show Answer
Answer: (B) E-learning and access to vast information
Explanation: Computers enable e-learning, online courses, and quick access to a vast amount of educational information.
Q81. Which is considered a security-related disadvantage of computers?
(A) High speed
(B) Risk of virus attacks and data theft
(C) Large storage
(D) Multitasking
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Risk of virus attacks and data theft
Explanation: Computers are vulnerable to viruses, hacking, and data theft, which are major security disadvantages.
Q82. The ability of a computer to perform calculations, play media, and browse the internet shows its:
(A) Diligence
(B) Versatility
(C) Reliability
(D) Storage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Versatility
Explanation: Versatility refers to the computer's ability to handle many different types of tasks across diverse fields.
Q83. Compared to humans, a major advantage of computers in calculations is their:
(A) Emotional understanding
(B) Speed and accuracy
(C) Creativity
(D) Ability to feel tired
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Speed and accuracy
Explanation: Computers perform calculations with far greater speed and accuracy than humans, especially for large or repetitive computations.
Q84. Which statement about computer intelligence is correct?
(A) Computers are more intelligent than humans naturally
(B) Computers have zero IQ and depend on human instructions
(C) Computers can feel emotions
(D) Computers can think independently
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Computers have zero IQ and depend on human instructions
Explanation: Computers have no IQ of their own; they are completely dependent on the instructions provided by humans.
Q85. Excessive dependence on computers may result in:
(A) Better memory in humans
(B) Reduced human thinking and skills
(C) Increased physical activity
(D) No effect at all
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Reduced human thinking and skills
Explanation: Over-reliance on computers can reduce human mental effort, calculation skills, and physical activity over time.
Sub-Topic 5: Basic Operations & Block Diagram (15 MCQs)
Q86. The basic operations of a computer can be summarised as:
(A) Input, Process, Output, Storage
(B) Type, Print, Delete, Save
(C) Open, Close, Save, Exit
(D) Read, Write, Erase, Copy
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Input, Process, Output, Storage
Explanation: The four basic operations of a computer are Input, Processing, Output, and Storage.
Q87. In the block diagram of a computer, the CPU consists of:
(A) Monitor and Keyboard
(B) ALU and Control Unit (and registers)
(C) Printer and Scanner
(D) RAM and ROM only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ALU and Control Unit (and registers)
Explanation: The CPU mainly consists of the Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU), the Control Unit (CU), and registers/memory unit.
Q88. Which unit of the CPU performs arithmetic and logical operations?
(A) Control Unit
(B) Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)
(C) Memory Unit
(D) Output Unit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)
Explanation: The Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) performs all arithmetic calculations (add, subtract) and logical comparisons (greater than, less than).
Q89. Which unit directs and coordinates all operations of the computer?
(A) ALU
(B) Control Unit (CU)
(C) Input Unit
(D) Output Unit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Control Unit (CU)
Explanation: The Control Unit (CU) manages and coordinates all the activities of the computer, directing the flow of data between units.
Q90. The function of the input unit is to:
(A) Display results
(B) Accept data and convert it into computer-readable form
(C) Perform calculations
(D) Store data permanently
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Accept data and convert it into computer-readable form
Explanation: The input unit accepts data and instructions from the user and converts them into a binary form the computer can understand.
Q91. The function of the output unit is to:
(A) Accept input
(B) Perform logic
(C) Convert results from binary into human-readable form
(D) Control the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Convert results from binary into human-readable form
Explanation: The output unit converts the processed results from binary (machine) form into a human-understandable form and presents them.
Q92. In a computer block diagram, data flows from input to which unit first for processing?
(A) Output Unit
(B) CPU
(C) Printer
(D) Scanner
Show Answer
Answer: (B) CPU
Explanation: After data is entered through the input unit, it is sent to the CPU for processing.
Q93. Which unit stores data and instructions temporarily during processing?
(A) Output Unit
(B) Memory Unit (primary memory)
(C) Input Unit
(D) Control Unit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Memory Unit (primary memory)
Explanation: The memory unit (primary memory like RAM) temporarily holds data and instructions while the CPU processes them.
Q94. The ALU and Control Unit together are part of which component?
(A) Input device
(B) Central Processing Unit (CPU)
(C) Output device
(D) Power supply
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Explanation: Both the ALU and the Control Unit are key components located inside the CPU.
Q95. Registers in the CPU are used to:
(A) Store data permanently
(B) Hold data temporarily during execution (very fast)
(C) Print documents
(D) Connect to the internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hold data temporarily during execution (very fast)
Explanation: Registers are small, very fast storage locations inside the CPU that temporarily hold data and instructions during execution.
Q96. Which of the following correctly represents the flow in a basic computer block diagram?
(A) Output to CPU to Input
(B) Input to CPU to Output
(C) CPU to Output to Input
(D) Output to Input to CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Input to CPU to Output
Explanation: The standard block diagram flow is Input Unit to CPU (ALU plus CU) to Output Unit, with the Memory Unit supporting all stages.
Q97. The Control Unit is often compared to which part of the human body?
(A) Heart
(B) Brain's coordinating/managing role
(C) Hands
(D) Eyes
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Brain's coordinating/managing role
Explanation: The Control Unit acts like the supervisor/manager of the computer, coordinating activities much like the brain coordinates the body.
Q98. Secondary storage in the block diagram is used for:
(A) Temporary processing
(B) Permanent storage of data
(C) Performing calculations
(D) Displaying output
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Permanent storage of data
Explanation: Secondary storage (like HDD, SSD) is used for the permanent storage of data and programs, even when power is off.
Q99. Which sequence correctly describes how a computer handles a task?
(A) Store to Output to Input to Process
(B) Input to Process to Output (with storage support)
(C) Output to Process to Input
(D) Process to Output to Input to Store
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Input to Process to Output (with storage support)
Explanation: A computer first takes input, then processes it in the CPU, and finally produces output, with storage assisting throughout.
Q100. The 'system unit' in a computer block diagram mainly houses the:
(A) Monitor and printer
(B) CPU and primary memory
(C) Keyboard and mouse
(D) Speakers and scanner
Show Answer
Answer: (B) CPU and primary memory
Explanation: The system unit is the main case/box that houses the CPU, primary memory, and other core internal components.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 2: Computer Hardware
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Input Devices (20 MCQs)
Q1. Which of the following is an input device?
(A) Monitor
(B) Keyboard
(C) Printer
(D) Speaker
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Keyboard
Explanation: An input device feeds data and instructions into a computer. The keyboard is the most common input device used for typing text and commands. Monitor, printer, and speaker are all output devices.
Q2. The most common type of keyboard layout used worldwide is:
(A) DVORAK
(B) QWERTY
(C) AZERTY
(D) QWERTZ
Show Answer
Answer: (B) QWERTY
Explanation: The QWERTY layout is named after the first six letters in its top row of keys. It is the standard and most widely used keyboard layout across the world. DVORAK and AZERTY are alternative layouts.
Q3. A standard QWERTY keyboard typically has how many function keys?
(A) 10
(B) 12
(C) 14
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 12
Explanation: A standard keyboard has 12 function keys, labelled F1 to F12, located in the top row. These keys perform special program-specific shortcut functions in different applications.
Q4. Which device is used to convert a printed document into a digital image?
(A) Printer
(B) Scanner
(C) Plotter
(D) Projector
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Scanner
Explanation: A scanner is an input device that reads a physical document or photograph and converts it into a digital image. This digital copy can then be edited or stored on the computer.
Q5. OMR is a technology mainly used to read:
(A) Bar codes
(B) Marked answers on objective sheets
(C) Magnetic ink
(D) Fingerprints
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Marked answers on objective sheets
Explanation: OMR stands for Optical Mark Reader/Recognition. It detects marks (such as filled bubbles) made by pen or pencil on a sheet. It is widely used for checking objective-type examination answer sheets.
Q6. MICR technology is primarily used in which sector?
(A) Education
(B) Banking (cheque processing)
(C) Gaming
(D) Astronomy
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Banking (cheque processing)
Explanation: MICR stands for Magnetic Ink Character Recognition. It reads characters printed with special magnetic ink, mainly the numbers at the bottom of bank cheques. This allows fast and secure cheque processing.
Q7. OCR technology is designed to recognise:
(A) Sound signals
(B) Printed or handwritten text characters
(C) Magnetic ink only
(D) Video frames
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Printed or handwritten text characters
Explanation: OCR stands for Optical Character Recognition. It converts scanned images of typed or handwritten text into machine-editable text. This lets users edit printed documents on a computer.
Q8. A 'light pen' is an example of which category of device?
(A) Output device
(B) Input device
(C) Storage device
(D) Processing device
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Input device
Explanation: A light pen is a pointing input device that can detect light from a screen and is used to draw or select items directly on the display. It works by sensing the screen's light and sending position data to the computer.
Q9. The device used to input audio/voice into a computer is the:
(A) Speaker
(B) Microphone
(C) Headphone
(D) Woofer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Microphone
Explanation: A microphone is an input device that captures sound and converts it into electrical signals the computer can process. It is used for voice recording, video calls, and voice commands. A speaker, by contrast, is an output device.
Q10. A barcode reader works on the principle of:
(A) Magnetic ink
(B) Light/laser reflection
(C) Sound waves
(D) Heat sensing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Light/laser reflection
Explanation: A barcode reader uses a light or laser beam to scan the black-and-white striped barcode. It reads the pattern of reflected light and converts it into product information. It is widely used at retail billing counters.
Q11. Which input device is most suitable for playing computer games?
(A) Scanner
(B) Joystick
(C) Plotter
(D) MICR
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Joystick
Explanation: A joystick is a pointing input device with a lever that moves in multiple directions to control movement on screen. It is mainly used for playing games and in flight simulators. It gives more control than a mouse for gaming.
Q12. A touchpad found on laptops functions as a substitute for the:
(A) Keyboard
(B) Mouse
(C) Monitor
(D) Printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mouse
Explanation: A touchpad is a touch-sensitive pointing device built into laptops. It detects finger movement to control the cursor, replacing the function of an external mouse. Tapping the pad acts like a mouse click.
Q13. A 'web camera' (webcam) is classified as a/an:
(A) Output device
(B) Input device
(C) Storage device
(D) Power device
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Input device
Explanation: A webcam captures live video and images and feeds them into the computer, making it an input device. It is widely used for video conferencing and online meetings. The captured data is processed by the CPU.
Q14. Which of the following is a biometric input device?
(A) Plotter
(B) Fingerprint scanner
(C) Laser printer
(D) Speaker
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Fingerprint scanner
Explanation: A fingerprint scanner is a biometric input device that reads a person's unique fingerprint pattern for identification. Biometric devices use physical human characteristics as input. They are widely used for attendance and security.
Q15. A trackball is best described as:
(A) A stationary pointing device with a movable ball on top
(B) A type of printer
(C) A scanning device
(D) A storage medium
Show Answer
Answer: (A) A stationary pointing device with a movable ball on top
Explanation: A trackball is a pointing input device that has a ball on its upper side which the user rolls to move the cursor. Unlike a mouse, the device itself stays stationary while only the ball moves. It saves desk space.
Q16. The function of a 'stylus' is to:
(A) Print documents
(B) Write or draw on touch screens
(C) Store data
(D) Play sound
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Write or draw on touch screens
Explanation: A stylus is a pen-shaped input device used to write, draw, or tap on touch-sensitive screens. It offers more precision than using a finger. It is commonly used with tablets and graphic design devices.
Q17. Which device reads data from cards by detecting magnetic stripes?
(A) Bar code reader
(B) Magnetic stripe reader
(C) OMR
(D) Plotter
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Magnetic stripe reader
Explanation: A magnetic stripe reader scans the magnetic strip found on cards such as ATM, debit, and credit cards. It reads the encoded data stored in the strip for verification. It is widely used in banking and access control.
Q18. A 'digitizer' or 'graphic tablet' is mainly used by:
(A) Bankers
(B) Artists and designers
(C) Drivers
(D) Doctors only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Artists and designers
Explanation: A digitizer or graphic tablet is an input device on which users draw using a stylus, and the drawing is converted into digital form. It is mainly used by artists, designers, and engineers. It allows precise freehand digital drawing.
Q19. Which key is generally used to delete the character to the right of the cursor?
(A) Backspace
(B) Delete
(C) Enter
(D) Shift
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Delete
Explanation: The Delete key removes the character to the right of the cursor position. The Backspace key, in contrast, deletes the character to the left of the cursor. Knowing this distinction is useful for editing text.
Q20. Pointing devices like the mouse are also broadly called:
(A) Sound devices
(B) Cursor control devices
(C) Memory devices
(D) Output devices
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Cursor control devices
Explanation: Devices such as the mouse, trackball, joystick, and touchpad are called cursor control or pointing devices. They are used to move the cursor and select items on the screen. They form a major category of input devices.
Sub-Topic 2: Output Devices (20 MCQs)
Q21. Which of the following is an output device?
(A) Mouse
(B) Monitor
(C) Keyboard
(D) Scanner
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Monitor
Explanation: An output device displays or presents the processed results to the user. The monitor shows the output visually on a screen. Mouse, keyboard, and scanner are all input devices.
Q22. The monitor is also commonly known as the:
(A) CPU
(B) VDU (Visual Display Unit)
(C) ALU
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) VDU (Visual Display Unit)
Explanation: The monitor is technically called the Visual Display Unit (VDU) because it displays output visually. It is the primary output device of a computer. The screen shows text, images, and video.
Q23. The sharpness and clarity of a monitor's image is measured by its:
(A) Speed
(B) Resolution
(C) Weight
(D) Colour
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Resolution
Explanation: Resolution refers to the number of pixels displayed on the screen, usually written as width by height. A higher resolution means a sharper and clearer image. It is a key measure of display quality.
Q24. The smallest unit/dot of a display screen is called a:
(A) Bit
(B) Pixel
(C) Byte
(D) Node
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Pixel
Explanation: A pixel (picture element) is the smallest controllable dot on a display screen. Thousands of pixels together form the complete image on the monitor. More pixels result in higher resolution.
Q25. Which type of printer is an example of an impact printer?
(A) Laser printer
(B) Dot matrix printer
(C) Inkjet printer
(D) Thermal printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Dot matrix printer
Explanation: An impact printer creates characters by striking pins against an inked ribbon onto the paper. The dot matrix printer is the classic example of an impact printer. Laser and inkjet printers are non-impact printers.
Q26. Which printer produces the highest print quality and speed for offices?
(A) Dot matrix printer
(B) Laser printer
(C) Daisy wheel printer
(D) Line printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Laser printer
Explanation: A laser printer uses laser technology and toner to produce high-quality, fast printouts. It is widely used in offices for bulk and professional printing. It is a non-impact printer with sharp output.
Q27. An inkjet printer creates images by:
(A) Striking pins on ribbon
(B) Spraying tiny droplets of ink
(C) Using heat on special paper
(D) Using laser beams
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Spraying tiny droplets of ink
Explanation: An inkjet printer works by spraying very small droplets of liquid ink onto the paper to form text and images. It is a non-impact printer popular for home use. It can produce good-quality colour prints affordably.
Q28. Which output device is best suited for printing large engineering and architectural drawings?
(A) Dot matrix printer
(B) Plotter
(C) Inkjet printer
(D) Thermal printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Plotter
Explanation: A plotter is an output device designed to print large, high-precision line drawings such as maps and engineering designs. It uses pens to draw continuous lines accurately. It is mainly used by architects and engineers.
Q29. Print quality of a printer is generally measured in:
(A) PPM (Pages Per Minute)
(B) DPI (Dots Per Inch)
(C) GHz
(D) MB
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DPI (Dots Per Inch)
Explanation: DPI (Dots Per Inch) measures the number of dots a printer can place in one inch, indicating print quality. A higher DPI means a sharper and more detailed printout. PPM, on the other hand, measures printing speed.
Q30. Printing speed of a printer is usually measured in:
(A) DPI
(B) PPM (Pages Per Minute)
(C) Pixels
(D) Hertz
Show Answer
Answer: (B) PPM (Pages Per Minute)
Explanation: PPM stands for Pages Per Minute and measures how many pages a printer can produce in one minute. It indicates the speed of the printer. DPI, by contrast, measures the print quality.
Q31. Speakers and headphones are examples of:
(A) Input devices
(B) Output devices (audio)
(C) Storage devices
(D) Processing devices
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Output devices (audio)
Explanation: Speakers and headphones are output devices that convert digital audio signals into sound that we can hear. They present audio output to the user. A microphone, in contrast, is an audio input device.
Q32. Which output device projects the computer's display onto a large screen or wall?
(A) Plotter
(B) Projector
(C) Scanner
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Projector
Explanation: A projector is an output device that takes the computer's video output and projects an enlarged image onto a screen or wall. It is widely used for presentations and in classrooms. It allows a large audience to view content.
Q33. LCD stands for:
(A) Liquid Crystal Display
(B) Light Colour Display
(C) Low Current Display
(D) Linear Crystal Device
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Liquid Crystal Display
Explanation: LCD stands for Liquid Crystal Display, a flat-panel display technology used in monitors and TVs. It uses liquid crystals to produce images and consumes less power than older CRT monitors. It is thin and lightweight.
Q34. Which older monitor technology used a vacuum tube and was bulky?
(A) LED
(B) CRT
(C) LCD
(D) OLED
Show Answer
Answer: (B) CRT
Explanation: CRT stands for Cathode Ray Tube, an older display technology that used an electron-emitting vacuum tube. CRT monitors were large, heavy, and consumed more power. They have largely been replaced by LCD and LED displays.
Q35. A 'hard copy' output refers to output that is:
(A) Shown only on screen
(B) Printed on paper
(C) Heard through speakers
(D) Stored on disk
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Printed on paper
Explanation: A hard copy is a permanent printed output on paper produced by a printer or plotter. In contrast, a soft copy is the digital output shown on the monitor screen. Hard copies can be physically stored and shared.
Q36. Output displayed temporarily on the monitor screen is called a:
(A) Hard copy
(B) Soft copy
(C) Printout
(D) Backup
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Soft copy
Explanation: A soft copy is the electronic, on-screen output that exists in digital form. It is temporary and disappears when the computer is switched off unless saved. A hard copy, by comparison, is the printed paper version.
Q37. Which modern display technology offers better contrast by lighting each pixel individually?
(A) CRT
(B) Dot matrix
(C) OLED
(D) Daisy wheel
Show Answer
Answer: (C) OLED
Explanation: OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) is an advanced display where each pixel emits its own light. This gives deeper blacks, better contrast, and thinner screens. It is used in premium smartphones and televisions.
Q38. A device that gives output in both audio-visual form for multimedia is broadly part of:
(A) Input devices
(B) Output devices
(C) Storage devices
(D) Network devices
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Output devices
Explanation: Multimedia output devices like monitors, speakers, and projectors present processed information to the user. They convert digital data into a viewable or audible form. Together they handle visual and audio output.
Q39. A thermal printer produces output using:
(A) Laser beams
(B) Heat on special heat-sensitive paper
(C) Magnetic ink
(D) Impact pins
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Heat on special heat-sensitive paper
Explanation: A thermal printer uses heat to produce images on special heat-sensitive paper. It is commonly used for printing receipts, bills, and tickets. It is quiet, fast, and has no ink ribbon.
Q40. The clarity of a printer's colour output is most directly affected by its:
(A) PPM
(B) DPI (Dots Per Inch)
(C) RAM
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DPI (Dots Per Inch)
Explanation: DPI (Dots Per Inch) determines how many ink dots are placed per inch, directly affecting the sharpness and detail of the printout. A higher DPI gives a clearer, more detailed colour image. PPM only affects speed.
Sub-Topic 3: Central Processing Unit (CPU) & Components (20 MCQs)
Q41. The CPU is often referred to as the:
(A) Memory of the computer
(B) Brain of the computer
(C) Screen of the computer
(D) Power of the computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Brain of the computer
Explanation: The CPU (Central Processing Unit) is called the brain of the computer because it controls and carries out all the processing and instructions. Every operation is coordinated and executed by the CPU. Without it, the computer cannot function.
Q42. The CPU mainly consists of which components?
(A) Monitor and keyboard
(B) ALU, Control Unit and registers
(C) Printer and scanner
(D) RAM and hard disk
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ALU, Control Unit and registers
Explanation: The CPU is made up of the Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU), the Control Unit (CU), and registers. The ALU performs calculations while the CU directs operations. Registers temporarily hold data during processing.
Q43. The Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) performs:
(A) Only storage tasks
(B) Arithmetic and logical operations
(C) Only printing tasks
(D) Only input tasks
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Arithmetic and logical operations
Explanation: The ALU carries out all arithmetic operations such as addition and subtraction, as well as logical comparisons like greater than or equal to. It is the calculating part of the CPU. The Control Unit, in contrast, manages operations.
Q44. Which part of the CPU coordinates and controls all computer operations?
(A) ALU
(B) Control Unit (CU)
(C) Register
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Control Unit (CU)
Explanation: The Control Unit (CU) directs and coordinates all activities of the computer by managing the flow of data and instructions. It does not perform calculations itself but tells other parts what to do. It acts like a manager.
Q45. A microprocessor is a CPU built on a:
(A) Hard disk
(B) Single silicon chip / integrated circuit
(C) Magnetic tape
(D) Floppy disk
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Single silicon chip / integrated circuit
Explanation: A microprocessor is a CPU manufactured on a single small silicon chip using integrated circuit technology. It contains the ALU, control unit, and registers. It is the heart of modern computers and smartphones.
Q46. The speed of a CPU is commonly measured in:
(A) Bytes
(B) Hertz (GHz)
(C) Pixels
(D) DPI
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hertz (GHz)
Explanation: CPU speed is measured by its clock speed in Hertz, usually Gigahertz (GHz) in modern processors. It indicates how many cycles the CPU can perform per second. A higher clock speed generally means faster processing.
Q47. Which company is famous for manufacturing the Core i3, i5, and i7 processors?
(A) AMD
(B) Intel
(C) Nvidia
(D) Qualcomm
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Intel
Explanation: Intel is a leading processor manufacturer known for its Core series including i3, i5, i7, and i9. These processors are widely used in laptops and desktops. AMD is Intel's main competitor in this market.
Q48. A small, very fast memory inside the CPU that holds data being processed is called a:
(A) Hard disk
(B) Register
(C) DVD
(D) Pen drive
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Register
Explanation: Registers are very small and extremely fast storage locations located inside the CPU. They temporarily hold data and instructions that are currently being processed. They are the fastest type of memory in a computer.
Q49. Cache memory is used to:
(A) Permanently store files
(B) Speed up data access for the CPU
(C) Print documents
(D) Display images
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Speed up data access for the CPU
Explanation: Cache is a small, high-speed memory that stores frequently used data and instructions close to the CPU. This reduces the time the CPU spends waiting for data from main memory. It improves overall processing speed.
Q50. The term 'dual core' processor means the CPU has:
(A) Two separate computers
(B) Two processing cores on one chip
(C) Two monitors
(D) Two hard disks
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Two processing cores on one chip
Explanation: A dual-core processor contains two independent processing units (cores) on a single chip. Each core can handle tasks separately, allowing better multitasking. More cores generally improve performance.
Q51. Which unit of the CPU fetches instructions from memory?
(A) ALU
(B) Control Unit
(C) Output Unit
(D) Power Unit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Control Unit
Explanation: The Control Unit is responsible for fetching instructions from memory, decoding them, and directing their execution. It manages the fetch-decode-execute cycle. The ALU then performs the actual calculations.
Q52. The basic cycle followed by the CPU to run instructions is the:
(A) Save-Load cycle
(B) Fetch-Decode-Execute cycle
(C) Open-Close cycle
(D) Read-Print cycle
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Fetch-Decode-Execute cycle
Explanation: The CPU works on the Fetch-Decode-Execute cycle, also called the instruction cycle. It fetches an instruction, decodes its meaning, and then executes it. This cycle repeats continuously during processing.
Q53. Which of the following is a CPU manufacturer that competes with Intel?
(A) Microsoft
(B) AMD
(C) Adobe
(D) Google
Show Answer
Answer: (B) AMD
Explanation: AMD (Advanced Micro Devices) is a major CPU manufacturer and Intel's chief competitor, known for its Ryzen processors. Both companies make processors for laptops and desktops. Microsoft and Adobe make software, not CPUs.
Q54. What does a higher number of CPU cores generally improve?
(A) Monitor brightness
(B) Multitasking and parallel processing
(C) Printer speed
(D) Internet speed
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Multitasking and parallel processing
Explanation: Having more cores allows the CPU to handle several tasks at the same time, improving multitasking and parallel processing. Each core can work on a different task independently. This boosts overall performance.
Q55. The 'clock speed' of a processor refers to:
(A) Time shown on screen
(B) Number of cycles the CPU executes per second
(C) Speed of the printer
(D) Speed of the internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Number of cycles the CPU executes per second
Explanation: Clock speed is the number of processing cycles a CPU can complete in one second, measured in Hertz (GHz). A higher clock speed usually means the CPU can process instructions faster. It is a key performance indicator.
Q56. Registers, ALU, and Control Unit are located inside the:
(A) Monitor
(B) CPU
(C) Keyboard
(D) Hard disk
Show Answer
Answer: (B) CPU
Explanation: The registers, Arithmetic Logic Unit, and Control Unit are all internal parts of the CPU. Together they enable the CPU to process instructions and perform calculations. They form the core processing components.
Q57. Which memory is the closest to the CPU and the fastest?
(A) Hard disk
(B) Registers
(C) DVD
(D) Pen drive
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Registers
Explanation: Registers are located directly inside the CPU and are the fastest memory available. They hold the data and instructions the CPU is currently working on. Their speed is higher than cache, RAM, or secondary storage.
Q58. Which of the following best describes the role of the CPU?
(A) Only storing data permanently
(B) Processing data and executing instructions
(C) Only displaying output
(D) Only connecting to the internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Processing data and executing instructions
Explanation: The main role of the CPU is to process data and execute the instructions given by programs. It performs calculations, makes logical decisions, and controls other components. It is central to all computer operations.
Q59. A processor that has four cores is known as a:
(A) Single core
(B) Dual core
(C) Quad core
(D) Octa core
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Quad core
Explanation: A quad-core processor has four independent processing cores on a single chip. This allows it to handle multiple tasks efficiently at the same time. Octa-core processors, by comparison, have eight cores.
Q60. The CPU and primary memory together are often referred to as the:
(A) Peripheral
(B) System unit / main processing area
(C) Output section
(D) Network section
Show Answer
Answer: (B) System unit / main processing area
Explanation: The CPU along with the primary memory forms the central processing area of the computer, housed in the system unit. This is where data is actively processed and temporarily held. Peripherals connect to this central unit.
Sub-Topic 4: Motherboard, Ports & Connectors (15 MCQs)
Q61. The main circuit board of a computer to which all components connect is the:
(A) Hard disk
(B) Motherboard
(C) Monitor
(D) Keyboard
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Motherboard
Explanation: The motherboard is the main printed circuit board of a computer. It connects and allows communication between the CPU, memory, storage, and all other components. It is the central platform of the system.
Q62. USB stands for:
(A) Universal Serial Bus
(B) United System Bus
(C) Universal System Board
(D) Unified Serial Board
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Universal Serial Bus
Explanation: USB stands for Universal Serial Bus, a common standard for connecting devices to a computer. It is used to connect keyboards, mice, pen drives, and many other peripherals. USB ports also supply power to devices.
Q63. Which port is most commonly used to connect a pen drive or external mouse today?
(A) VGA port
(B) USB port
(C) PS/2 port
(D) Parallel port
Show Answer
Answer: (B) USB port
Explanation: The USB port is the most widely used port for connecting modern devices like pen drives, mice, and keyboards. It supports plug-and-play and is found on almost all computers. It has largely replaced older port types.
Q64. A VGA port is mainly used to connect a:
(A) Printer
(B) Monitor/display
(C) Keyboard
(D) Microphone
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Monitor/display
Explanation: A VGA (Video Graphics Array) port is used to connect a monitor or projector to the computer for video output. It transmits analog video signals. It is an older display port now being replaced by HDMI.
Q65. HDMI port is used to transmit:
(A) Only audio
(B) Only data files
(C) High-quality audio and video together
(D) Only power
Show Answer
Answer: (C) High-quality audio and video together
Explanation: HDMI stands for High-Definition Multimedia Interface and carries both high-quality video and audio through a single cable. It is used to connect computers, TVs, and monitors. It provides a clear digital signal.
Q66. The slot on the motherboard where the RAM is installed is called a:
(A) PCI slot
(B) Memory/RAM slot
(C) USB slot
(D) VGA slot
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Memory/RAM slot
Explanation: RAM modules are inserted into dedicated memory slots (RAM slots) on the motherboard. These slots connect the RAM directly to the system for fast data access. Adding more RAM in these slots can improve performance.
Q67. The CPU is mounted on the motherboard in a component called the:
(A) Bus
(B) Socket
(C) Port
(D) Cable
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Socket
Explanation: The CPU is placed into a special slot on the motherboard called the CPU socket. The socket holds the processor securely and connects it to the rest of the system. Different CPUs require different socket types.
Q68. The pathway used to transfer data between components on the motherboard is called a:
(A) Port
(B) Bus
(C) Pixel
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Bus
Explanation: A bus is a set of electrical pathways used to transfer data, addresses, and control signals between components on the motherboard. It connects the CPU, memory, and other parts. Common types include data bus and address bus.
Q69. A small battery on the motherboard (CMOS battery) is mainly used to:
(A) Run the whole computer
(B) Keep system clock and BIOS settings active
(C) Power the printer
(D) Charge the mouse
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Keep system clock and BIOS settings active
Explanation: The CMOS battery is a small coin-cell battery on the motherboard. It keeps the system date, time, and BIOS settings stored even when the computer is switched off. Without it, settings reset every time.
Q70. BIOS stands for:
(A) Basic Input Output System
(B) Binary Internal Operating System
(C) Basic Internal Output Storage
(D) Broad Input Output Setup
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Basic Input Output System
Explanation: BIOS stands for Basic Input Output System, firmware stored on the motherboard. It starts the computer and initialises hardware during the boot process. It loads the operating system after the power-on self-test.
Q71. Which slot is used to install a separate graphics card on the motherboard?
(A) RAM slot
(B) PCI / PCIe slot
(C) USB port
(D) VGA port
Show Answer
Answer: (B) PCI / PCIe slot
Explanation: Expansion cards such as graphics cards are installed in PCI or PCIe slots on the motherboard. These slots allow additional hardware capabilities to be added. PCIe is the faster, modern version.
Q72. An Ethernet (RJ-45) port is used to connect a computer to a:
(A) Printer
(B) Wired network/internet
(C) Monitor
(D) Speaker
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Wired network/internet
Explanation: The Ethernet port, also called an RJ-45 port, is used to connect a computer to a wired local area network or the internet. It provides a stable, high-speed wired connection. A LAN cable plugs into this port.
Q73. The older round port previously used for keyboards and mice was the:
(A) HDMI port
(B) PS/2 port
(C) USB-C port
(D) Audio port
Show Answer
Answer: (B) PS/2 port
Explanation: The PS/2 port is an older round connector that was used to plug in keyboards and mice. It has now largely been replaced by USB ports. Some older or specialised systems still include PS/2 ports.
Q74. Which modern reversible port can carry data, video, and power through one connector?
(A) VGA
(B) USB-C
(C) PS/2
(D) Parallel
Show Answer
Answer: (B) USB-C
Explanation: USB-C is a modern, reversible connector that can transfer data, carry video, and supply power through a single cable. It can be inserted either way up. It is widely used in laptops and smartphones.
Q75. Audio jacks (3.5mm ports) on a computer are used to connect:
(A) Network cables
(B) Speakers, headphones, and microphones
(C) Printers
(D) Monitors
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Speakers, headphones, and microphones
Explanation: The 3.5mm audio jacks are ports used to connect audio devices such as headphones, speakers, and microphones. Different coloured jacks usually indicate audio input or output. They handle analog sound signals.
Sub-Topic 5: Storage Devices (Primary & Secondary) (25 MCQs)
Q76. Computer memory is broadly divided into:
(A) Fast and slow memory
(B) Primary and secondary memory
(C) Big and small memory
(D) Hot and cold memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Primary and secondary memory
Explanation: Computer memory is mainly classified into primary memory and secondary memory. Primary memory is fast and directly accessible by the CPU, while secondary memory provides permanent storage. Both work together for data handling.
Q77. RAM stands for:
(A) Read Access Memory
(B) Random Access Memory
(C) Rapid Access Memory
(D) Run Access Memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Random Access Memory
Explanation: RAM stands for Random Access Memory, the main working memory of a computer. The CPU uses it to temporarily store data and programs in use. It is called random access because any location can be accessed directly.
Q78. RAM is a type of which memory?
(A) Permanent (non-volatile)
(B) Temporary (volatile)
(C) Read-only
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Temporary (volatile)
Explanation: RAM is volatile memory, which means it loses all its stored data when the power is turned off. It only holds data temporarily while the computer is running. This is why unsaved work is lost during a power cut.
Q79. ROM stands for:
(A) Random Output Memory
(B) Read Only Memory
(C) Run Operation Memory
(D) Rapid Online Memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Read Only Memory
Explanation: ROM stands for Read Only Memory, which stores permanent instructions needed to start the computer. Its contents are written by the manufacturer and normally cannot be changed by the user. It retains data even without power.
Q80. The key difference between RAM and ROM is that ROM is:
(A) Volatile
(B) Non-volatile (retains data without power)
(C) Faster than registers
(D) Used only for printing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Non-volatile (retains data without power)
Explanation: ROM is non-volatile, meaning it keeps its data even when the computer is switched off. RAM, in contrast, is volatile and loses data without power. ROM is mainly used to store startup instructions permanently.
Q81. Which memory is directly accessed by the CPU during processing?
(A) Secondary memory
(B) Primary memory (RAM)
(C) DVD
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Primary memory (RAM)
Explanation: Primary memory, especially RAM, is directly accessible by the CPU during processing. It holds the data and programs currently in use for fast access. Secondary storage must first transfer data to primary memory.
Q82. Which of the following is an example of secondary storage?
(A) Registers
(B) Cache
(C) Hard disk drive
(D) RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Hard disk drive
Explanation: A hard disk drive (HDD) is a secondary storage device used for permanent data storage. Unlike RAM, it retains data even when the power is off. It stores the operating system, files, and applications.
Q83. An SSD (Solid State Drive) is faster than an HDD mainly because it:
(A) Uses spinning magnetic disks
(B) Has no moving mechanical parts
(C) Is much larger in size
(D) Uses laser light
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Has no moving mechanical parts
Explanation: An SSD has no moving mechanical parts and stores data on flash memory chips. This allows much faster data access compared to the spinning disks of an HDD. SSDs are also more durable and quieter.
Q84. Which storage device uses spinning magnetic platters to store data?
(A) SSD
(B) Hard Disk Drive (HDD)
(C) Pen drive
(D) RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hard Disk Drive (HDD)
Explanation: A Hard Disk Drive (HDD) stores data on rotating magnetic platters that are read by a moving head. It is a traditional secondary storage device with large capacity. It is slower than an SSD due to its mechanical parts.
Q85. A pen drive (USB flash drive) is an example of:
(A) Primary memory
(B) Optical storage
(C) Flash-based secondary storage
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Flash-based secondary storage
Explanation: A pen drive is a portable secondary storage device that uses flash memory to store data. It connects through a USB port and is easy to carry. It retains data without power and is widely used for file transfer.
Q86. Which of the following is an optical storage device?
(A) Hard disk
(B) Pen drive
(C) DVD
(D) RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (C) DVD
Explanation: A DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) is an optical storage device that uses a laser to read and write data. CDs and Blu-ray discs also fall in this category. They store data, audio, and video.
Q87. Which of these has the largest typical storage capacity?
(A) Floppy disk
(B) CD
(C) DVD
(D) Blu-ray disc
Show Answer
Answer: (D) Blu-ray disc
Explanation: Among the listed optical and magnetic media, a Blu-ray disc has the highest capacity, typically 25 GB or more. A DVD holds about 4.7 GB, a CD around 700 MB, and a floppy disk only about 1.44 MB. Blu-ray is used for HD content.
Q88. The storage capacity of a standard CD is approximately:
(A) 1.44 MB
(B) 700 MB
(C) 4.7 GB
(D) 25 GB
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 700 MB
Explanation: A standard CD (Compact Disc) holds about 700 MB of data. This is much more than a floppy disk but less than a DVD. CDs were widely used for music and software before DVDs and flash drives.
Q89. The storage capacity of a single-layer DVD is approximately:
(A) 700 MB
(B) 1.44 MB
(C) 4.7 GB
(D) 100 GB
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 4.7 GB
Explanation: A standard single-layer DVD can store about 4.7 GB of data. This is roughly seven times the capacity of a CD. DVDs are commonly used for movies and large software.
Q90. Which of the following is a non-volatile memory?
(A) RAM
(B) Cache
(C) ROM
(D) Registers
Show Answer
Answer: (C) ROM
Explanation: ROM is non-volatile memory that retains its contents even when the power is switched off. RAM, cache, and registers are all volatile and lose data without power. ROM is therefore used for permanent startup instructions.
Q91. Which type of RAM needs to be refreshed thousands of times per second?
(A) SRAM
(B) DRAM
(C) ROM
(D) PROM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DRAM
Explanation: DRAM (Dynamic RAM) stores each bit in a capacitor that loses charge over time, so it must be refreshed constantly. SRAM (Static RAM), in contrast, does not need refreshing and is faster but costlier. DRAM is used as main memory.
Q92. Which RAM type is faster and commonly used in cache memory?
(A) DRAM
(B) SRAM
(C) SDRAM
(D) DDR
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SRAM
Explanation: SRAM (Static RAM) is faster than DRAM and does not require constant refreshing. Because of its speed, it is used in cache memory close to the CPU. However, it is more expensive and stores less data per chip.
Q93. Which type of ROM can be erased using ultraviolet light?
(A) PROM
(B) EPROM
(C) EEPROM
(D) Mask ROM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) EPROM
Explanation: EPROM (Erasable Programmable ROM) can be erased by exposing it to ultraviolet light and then reprogrammed. EEPROM, by contrast, is erased electrically. This makes EPROM reusable unlike basic PROM.
Q94. Which ROM type can be erased and rewritten electrically?
(A) PROM
(B) EPROM
(C) EEPROM
(D) Mask ROM
Show Answer
Answer: (C) EEPROM
Explanation: EEPROM stands for Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM and can be erased and rewritten using electrical signals. It does not need UV light like EPROM. Flash memory is based on EEPROM technology.
Q95. Virtual memory is a technique where:
(A) Extra RAM is bought
(B) Part of the hard disk is used as if it were RAM
(C) The monitor stores data
(D) The CPU is upgraded
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Part of the hard disk is used as if it were RAM
Explanation: Virtual memory uses a portion of the hard disk to act as an extension of RAM when the physical RAM is full. This allows the computer to run larger programs than the available RAM. It is slower than real RAM but prevents crashes.
Q96. Which of the following correctly orders memory from fastest to slowest?
(A) HDD, RAM, Cache, Registers
(B) Registers, Cache, RAM, HDD
(C) RAM, Registers, HDD, Cache
(D) Cache, HDD, RAM, Registers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Registers, Cache, RAM, HDD
Explanation: The correct order from fastest to slowest is Registers, then Cache, then RAM, and finally the hard disk. Speed decreases as we move away from the CPU. Cost per byte also decreases in the same direction.
Q97. Magnetic tape is mainly used today for:
(A) Gaming
(B) Large-scale data backup and archiving
(C) Displaying images
(D) Connecting to the internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Large-scale data backup and archiving
Explanation: Magnetic tape is a sequential-access storage medium used mainly for backing up and archiving large volumes of data. It is cheap and can store huge amounts of data. However, access is slow because data is read in sequence.
Q98. Flash memory used in pen drives and SSDs is a type of:
(A) Volatile RAM
(B) EEPROM-based non-volatile memory
(C) Optical storage
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (B) EEPROM-based non-volatile memory
Explanation: Flash memory is a non-volatile storage technology based on EEPROM. It retains data without power and has no moving parts. It is used in pen drives, memory cards, and solid-state drives.
Q99. Which storage offers the fastest data access among the following?
(A) Hard disk
(B) DVD
(C) Cache memory
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Cache memory
Explanation: Cache memory provides the fastest access among the listed options because it sits very close to the CPU. Hard disks, DVDs, and magnetic tapes are all much slower secondary storage media. Cache speeds up CPU operations significantly.
Q100. Cloud storage refers to storing data on:
(A) The local hard disk
(B) Remote servers accessed via the internet
(C) A pen drive
(D) The CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Remote servers accessed via the internet
Explanation: Cloud storage means saving data on remote servers that are accessed over the internet, rather than on a local device. Services like Google Drive and Dropbox provide cloud storage. It allows access to files from anywhere.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 3: Computer Memory
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Types of Memory (RAM, ROM, Cache, Virtual etc.) (35 MCQs)
Q1. The arrangement of computer memory by speed, cost, and capacity is called the:
(A) Memory cycle
(B) Memory hierarchy
(C) Memory bus
(D) Memory map
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Memory hierarchy
Explanation: The memory hierarchy arranges different memory types in levels based on speed, cost, and size. Faster, costlier memory sits near the CPU, while slower, cheaper memory is farther away. It balances performance and cost.
Q2. Primary memory is also commonly known as:
(A) Backup memory
(B) Main memory
(C) External memory
(D) Archive memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Main memory
Explanation: Primary memory is also called main memory because it directly works with the CPU during processing. It holds data and instructions currently in use. RAM and ROM are its two main types.
Q3. Secondary memory is also referred to as:
(A) Cache memory
(B) Auxiliary memory
(C) Register memory
(D) Buffer memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Auxiliary memory
Explanation: Secondary memory is also called auxiliary memory because it supports the main memory by storing data permanently. It is non-volatile and has large capacity. Examples include hard disks and pen drives.
Q4. Cache memory is placed between the CPU and:
(A) The printer
(B) The main memory (RAM)
(C) The monitor
(D) The keyboard
Show Answer
Answer: (B) The main memory (RAM)
Explanation: Cache memory sits between the CPU and the main memory to speed up access to frequently used data. By storing this data closer to the CPU, it reduces waiting time. This improves overall processing performance.
Q5. The fastest level of cache memory is:
(A) L3 cache
(B) L2 cache
(C) L1 cache
(D) L4 cache
Show Answer
Answer: (C) L1 cache
Explanation: L1 cache is the smallest and fastest level of cache, located closest to the CPU core. L2 and L3 caches are larger but slower. Data is searched in L1 first, then L2, then L3.
Q6. Which type of memory is built directly into the CPU core and is the fastest?
(A) L3 cache
(B) Main memory
(C) L1 cache
(D) Hard disk
Show Answer
Answer: (C) L1 cache
Explanation: L1 cache is integrated directly into the CPU and is the fastest cache memory available. It stores the most frequently and immediately needed instructions. Its small size keeps access extremely fast.
Q7. Memory that loses its contents when power is switched off is described as:
(A) Non-volatile
(B) Volatile
(C) Permanent
(D) Read-only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Volatile
Explanation: Volatile memory requires a constant power supply to retain data and loses everything when the power is cut. RAM and cache are volatile types of memory. Non-volatile memory, in contrast, keeps data without power.
Q8. Which of the following is a non-volatile primary memory?
(A) RAM
(B) Cache
(C) ROM
(D) Register
Show Answer
Answer: (C) ROM
Explanation: ROM is a non-volatile primary memory that keeps its contents even when the computer is switched off. It stores permanent startup instructions. RAM, cache, and registers are all volatile.
Q9. RAM and ROM are both examples of:
(A) Secondary memory
(B) Semiconductor (primary) memory
(C) Optical memory
(D) Magnetic memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Semiconductor (primary) memory
Explanation: Both RAM and ROM are semiconductor memories that form part of the primary memory. They are made of integrated circuits and directly support the CPU. Secondary memory like hard disks uses different technology.
Q10. Which type of ROM is programmed only once by the user and cannot be changed afterwards?
(A) EPROM
(B) EEPROM
(C) PROM
(D) Flash ROM
Show Answer
Answer: (C) PROM
Explanation: PROM (Programmable ROM) is blank when made and can be written to only once by the user. After programming, its contents cannot be erased or changed. EPROM and EEPROM, by contrast, can be reprogrammed.
Q11. Which ROM has its contents written permanently at the manufacturing stage?
(A) PROM
(B) Mask ROM
(C) EPROM
(D) EEPROM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mask ROM
Explanation: Mask ROM is programmed by the manufacturer during the production process and cannot be altered later. Its contents are fixed permanently. This makes it cheap for mass production but inflexible.
Q12. Which memory holds the bootstrap program needed to start the computer?
(A) RAM
(B) ROM
(C) Cache
(D) Virtual memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ROM
Explanation: ROM stores the bootstrap loader and startup instructions that run when the computer is switched on. These instructions begin the booting process and load the operating system. ROM retains them even without power.
Q13. A small high-speed memory used to temporarily hold data during transfer between two devices is called a:
(A) Cache
(B) Buffer
(C) Register
(D) Sector
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Buffer
Explanation: A buffer is a temporary storage area that holds data while it is being moved between two devices or processes. It compensates for differences in speed between the devices. For example, printers use buffers to hold print jobs.
Q14. Which technology allows a computer to run programs larger than its physical RAM?
(A) Cache mapping
(B) Virtual memory
(C) Buffering
(D) Pipelining
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Virtual memory
Explanation: Virtual memory lets the system use part of the hard disk as if it were extra RAM. This allows large programs to run even when physical RAM is insufficient. It swaps data between RAM and disk as needed.
Q15. Modern DRAM commonly used as main memory in computers is of the type:
(A) DDR (Double Data Rate) SDRAM
(B) SRAM
(C) Mask ROM
(D) PROM
Show Answer
Answer: (A) DDR (Double Data Rate) SDRAM
Explanation: DDR SDRAM (Double Data Rate Synchronous DRAM) is the standard main memory used in modern computers. It transfers data twice per clock cycle, improving speed. Versions include DDR3, DDR4, and DDR5.
Q16. Which statement correctly compares SRAM and DRAM?
(A) SRAM is cheaper and slower than DRAM
(B) SRAM is faster but more expensive than DRAM
(C) Both have identical speed and cost
(D) DRAM is used as cache memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SRAM is faster but more expensive than DRAM
Explanation: SRAM is faster and more reliable than DRAM but costs more and stores less per chip. Because of its speed, SRAM is used in cache, while DRAM is used as main memory due to its lower cost. Their roles differ by purpose.
Q17. Registers are categorised as which type of memory?
(A) Secondary memory
(B) Internal CPU memory
(C) Optical memory
(D) Magnetic memory
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Internal CPU memory
Explanation: Registers are tiny, ultra-fast memory units located inside the CPU. They temporarily hold data and instructions during processing. They sit at the top of the memory hierarchy in terms of speed.
Q18. The time taken by the memory to locate and provide requested data is called:
(A) Refresh time
(B) Access time
(C) Cycle time
(D) Idle time
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Access time
Explanation: Access time is the duration between requesting data and receiving it from memory. Lower access time means faster memory. Registers have the lowest access time, while secondary storage has the highest.
Q19. Which of the following is the MOST expensive per unit of storage?
(A) Hard disk
(B) Cache memory
(C) Magnetic tape
(D) DVD
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Cache memory
Explanation: Cache memory is the most expensive per byte because it uses high-speed SRAM technology. As we move down the hierarchy, memory becomes cheaper but slower. Magnetic tape is among the cheapest.
Q20. Flash memory differs from standard EEPROM mainly because it:
(A) Cannot be erased at all
(B) Erases data in blocks rather than byte by byte
(C) Is volatile
(D) Stores only one bit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Erases data in blocks rather than byte by byte
Explanation: Flash memory is a type of EEPROM that erases and writes data in large blocks rather than one byte at a time. This makes it faster for bulk operations. It is widely used in SSDs, pen drives, and memory cards.
Q21. Which memory type is described as a 'scratchpad' for the CPU because it holds data being processed right now?
(A) Secondary memory
(B) Registers
(C) ROM
(D) Optical disc
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Registers
Explanation: Registers act like a scratchpad for the CPU, temporarily holding the data and instructions currently being worked on. They are extremely fast and very small in capacity. The CPU accesses them directly during execution.
Q22. Memory whose contents can be both read and written by the user during normal operation is:
(A) ROM
(B) RAM
(C) Mask ROM
(D) PROM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) RAM
Explanation: RAM allows the user to both read existing data and write new data freely during normal use. This read-write capability is why it is used as working memory. ROM, in contrast, is mainly read-only.
Q23. Which is NOT a type of ROM?
(A) PROM
(B) EPROM
(C) EEPROM
(D) DRAM
Show Answer
Answer: (D) DRAM
Explanation: DRAM is a type of RAM, not ROM. PROM, EPROM, and EEPROM are all variations of read-only memory. DRAM is volatile, whereas all ROM types are non-volatile.
Q24. The process of copying data from secondary storage into RAM for use is part of:
(A) Printing
(B) Loading a program
(C) Formatting
(D) Defragmentation
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Loading a program
Explanation: When a program is run, its data and instructions are loaded from secondary storage into RAM. The CPU can then access them quickly during execution. This loading step is essential before processing begins.
Q25. Which memory is volatile but does NOT need constant refreshing?
(A) DRAM
(B) SRAM
(C) ROM
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SRAM
Explanation: SRAM (Static RAM) is volatile because it loses data without power, but unlike DRAM it does not need continuous refreshing. It uses flip-flop circuits to hold each bit stably. This makes it faster than DRAM.
Q26. Which combination correctly lists only non-volatile memory?
(A) RAM, Cache, Registers
(B) ROM, Hard disk, Pen drive
(C) RAM, ROM, Cache
(D) Cache, Registers, RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ROM, Hard disk, Pen drive
Explanation: ROM, hard disks, and pen drives are all non-volatile and retain data without power. RAM, cache, and registers are volatile. Recognising which memories keep data without power is frequently tested.
Q27. Which factor generally increases as we move DOWN the memory hierarchy (away from CPU)?
(A) Speed
(B) Cost per byte
(C) Storage capacity
(D) Closeness to CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Storage capacity
Explanation: Moving down the hierarchy, storage capacity increases while speed and cost per byte decrease. Memory near the CPU is fast but small, while distant memory is large but slow. This trade-off shapes the hierarchy.
Q28. A 'cache hit' occurs when:
(A) Required data is found in cache
(B) Required data is missing from cache
(C) The cache is full
(D) The cache is cleared
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Required data is found in cache
Explanation: A cache hit happens when the data requested by the CPU is found in the cache memory. This allows very fast access and avoids fetching from slower RAM. A cache miss is the opposite situation.
Q29. A 'cache miss' forces the CPU to fetch data from:
(A) The same cache again
(B) The main memory or lower level
(C) The monitor
(D) The keyboard
Show Answer
Answer: (B) The main memory or lower level
Explanation: When a cache miss occurs, the required data is not in the cache, so the CPU must fetch it from main memory or a lower cache level. This takes more time than a cache hit. Frequent misses slow down performance.
Q30. Which of these is an example of read-mostly, electrically rewritable memory used to store BIOS today?
(A) Mask ROM
(B) Flash memory (EEPROM-based)
(C) DRAM
(D) Magnetic tape
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Flash memory (EEPROM-based)
Explanation: Modern computers store the BIOS in flash memory, which is EEPROM-based and can be electrically rewritten. This allows BIOS updates without replacing the chip. It is non-volatile, so settings persist.
Q31. The main purpose of cache memory is to:
(A) Store data permanently
(B) Reduce the speed gap between CPU and RAM
(C) Display images
(D) Connect to networks
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Reduce the speed gap between CPU and RAM
Explanation: Cache memory bridges the speed difference between the very fast CPU and the slower main memory. By keeping frequently used data close to the CPU, it minimises waiting time. This boosts overall system speed.
Q32. Which memory type would retain a saved file after the computer is shut down?
(A) RAM
(B) Cache
(C) Hard disk
(D) Register
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Hard disk
Explanation: A hard disk is non-volatile secondary storage, so it retains saved files even after shutdown. RAM, cache, and registers lose their contents when power is off. This is why files must be saved to disk.
Q33. Adding more RAM to a computer generally results in:
(A) Slower performance
(B) Better multitasking and faster performance
(C) Permanent storage increase
(D) Higher monitor resolution
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Better multitasking and faster performance
Explanation: Increasing RAM allows more programs and data to be held in fast memory at once. This improves multitasking and reduces reliance on slower virtual memory. The result is generally smoother and faster performance.
Q34. Which statement about ROM is correct?
(A) It is volatile and temporary
(B) It is non-volatile and stores permanent instructions
(C) It is the fastest memory
(D) It is used as cache
Show Answer
Answer: (B) It is non-volatile and stores permanent instructions
Explanation: ROM is non-volatile and stores permanent instructions such as the startup firmware. Its contents are normally fixed and not lost when power is off. It is slower than cache and registers.
Q35. Which is the correct order of memory from highest to lowest storage capacity?
(A) Registers, Cache, RAM, Hard disk
(B) Hard disk, RAM, Cache, Registers
(C) RAM, Hard disk, Registers, Cache
(D) Cache, Registers, Hard disk, RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hard disk, RAM, Cache, Registers
Explanation: By capacity, the hard disk holds the most data, followed by RAM, then cache, and finally registers with the least. Capacity decreases as memory gets closer and faster. This is the reverse of the speed order.
Sub-Topic 2: Units of Memory (Bit, Byte, KB, MB, GB, TB) (25 MCQs)
Q36. The smallest unit of data in a computer is a:
(A) Byte
(B) Bit
(C) Nibble
(D) Word
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Bit
Explanation: A bit (binary digit) is the smallest unit of data and can be either 0 or 1. All computer data is ultimately made up of bits. Larger units like bytes are built from groups of bits.
Q37. How many bits make up one byte?
(A) 4 bits
(B) 8 bits
(C) 16 bits
(D) 2 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 8 bits
Explanation: One byte is made up of 8 bits. A byte is the basic unit used to represent a single character in a computer. This 8-bit grouping is standard across modern systems.
Q38. A group of 4 bits is called a:
(A) Byte
(B) Nibble
(C) Word
(D) Bit pair
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Nibble
Explanation: A nibble is a group of 4 bits, which is exactly half a byte. It can represent a single hexadecimal digit. Two nibbles together form one byte.
Q39. One byte can represent how many different values?
(A) 8
(B) 16
(C) 128
(D) 256
Show Answer
Answer: (D) 256
Explanation: Since a byte has 8 bits and each bit has 2 states, it can represent 2 to the power 8, which equals 256 different values. These range from 0 to 255. This is why a byte can store one character.
Q40. 1 Kilobyte (KB) is equal to how many bytes (in binary terms)?
(A) 1000 bytes
(B) 1024 bytes
(C) 100 bytes
(D) 512 bytes
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 1024 bytes
Explanation: In binary (computer) terms, 1 Kilobyte equals 1024 bytes, since 1024 is 2 to the power 10. The decimal definition uses 1000 bytes, but computers use powers of 2. Most exams expect the 1024 value.
Q41. 1 Megabyte (MB) is equal to:
(A) 1024 KB
(B) 1000 bits
(C) 512 KB
(D) 256 bytes
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 1024 KB
Explanation: One Megabyte equals 1024 Kilobytes in binary terms. Each step up the unit ladder multiplies by 1024. So 1 MB is roughly one million bytes.
Q42. 1 Gigabyte (GB) is equal to:
(A) 1024 MB
(B) 1000 KB
(C) 512 MB
(D) 100 MB
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 1024 MB
Explanation: One Gigabyte equals 1024 Megabytes in binary measurement. This continues the pattern of multiplying by 1024 at each level. A GB is approximately one billion bytes.
Q43. 1 Terabyte (TB) is equal to:
(A) 1024 GB
(B) 1000 MB
(C) 512 GB
(D) 100 GB
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 1024 GB
Explanation: One Terabyte equals 1024 Gigabytes in binary terms. It is a very large unit used for big hard drives and data centres. A TB is approximately one trillion bytes.
Q44. Which of the following is the correct ascending order of memory units?
(A) KB, MB, GB, TB
(B) MB, KB, TB, GB
(C) GB, MB, KB, TB
(D) TB, GB, MB, KB
Show Answer
Answer: (A) KB, MB, GB, TB
Explanation: The correct ascending order is KB, then MB, then GB, then TB. Each unit is 1024 times larger than the previous one. Knowing this order is essential for comparison questions.
Q45. Which unit is larger than a Terabyte?
(A) Gigabyte
(B) Megabyte
(C) Petabyte
(D) Kilobyte
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Petabyte
Explanation: A Petabyte (PB) is larger than a Terabyte and equals 1024 Terabytes. The order continues TB, PB, EB, and beyond. Petabytes are used for very large-scale data storage.
Q46. Two nibbles together form one:
(A) Bit
(B) Byte
(C) Word
(D) Kilobyte
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Byte
Explanation: Since a nibble is 4 bits, two nibbles combine to make 8 bits, which is one byte. This relationship links the nibble and byte units. It is a frequently tested conversion.
Q47. A 'word' in computer memory refers to:
(A) A typed English word
(B) A fixed group of bits processed together by the CPU
(C) One character
(D) One sentence
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A fixed group of bits processed together by the CPU
Explanation: A word is the natural unit of data that a CPU processes at one time, such as 16, 32, or 64 bits. The word size depends on the processor architecture. A larger word size generally means a more powerful CPU.
Q48. Approximately how many bytes are in 1 KB and 1 MB respectively (binary)?
(A) 1024 and 1024
(B) 1024 and 1048576
(C) 1000 and 1000000
(D) 512 and 524288
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 1024 and 1048576
Explanation: 1 KB equals 1024 bytes, and 1 MB equals 1024 multiplied by 1024, which is 1,048,576 bytes. The values grow rapidly because each level multiplies by 1024. These figures appear in conversion questions.
Q49. The unit used to measure the smallest piece of information that is either 0 or 1 is the:
(A) Byte
(B) Nibble
(C) Bit
(D) Word
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Bit
Explanation: A bit is the basic binary unit that can hold a value of either 0 or 1. It represents the smallest amount of information a computer handles. Everything in a computer is built from bits.
Q50. How many bytes are there in 2 KB?
(A) 2000 bytes
(B) 2048 bytes
(C) 1024 bytes
(D) 4096 bytes
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 2048 bytes
Explanation: Since 1 KB equals 1024 bytes, 2 KB equals 2 multiplied by 1024, which is 2048 bytes. Conversions like this use the binary value of 1024. This is a basic arithmetic memory question.
Q51. Which is the smallest unit among the following?
(A) Nibble
(B) Byte
(C) Bit
(D) Kilobyte
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Bit
Explanation: Among the given options, the bit is the smallest unit of data. The order from smallest to largest is bit, nibble, byte, then kilobyte. A bit holds just a single binary value.
Q52. A storage device of 500 GB can store approximately how many MB?
(A) 500 MB
(B) 5,12,000 MB
(C) 50,000 MB
(D) 5,000 MB
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 5,12,000 MB
Explanation: Since 1 GB equals 1024 MB, 500 GB equals 500 multiplied by 1024, which is 5,12,000 MB. This shows how capacity scales up the unit ladder. Such conversions appear in practical storage questions.
Q53. The term 'byte' is most directly associated with storing one:
(A) Pixel
(B) Character
(C) Sentence
(D) File
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Character
Explanation: One byte is typically used to store a single character such as a letter, digit, or symbol. This is based on character encoding schemes like ASCII. That is why file sizes relate closely to character counts.
Q54. Which unit comes immediately after Gigabyte in increasing order?
(A) Megabyte
(B) Kilobyte
(C) Terabyte
(D) Petabyte
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Terabyte
Explanation: After Gigabyte, the next larger unit is the Terabyte, which equals 1024 GB. The sequence continues with Petabyte after Terabyte. Remembering this order helps in comparison questions.
Q55. How many bits are there in 2 bytes?
(A) 8 bits
(B) 16 bits
(C) 32 bits
(D) 4 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 16 bits
Explanation: Since 1 byte equals 8 bits, 2 bytes equal 2 multiplied by 8, which is 16 bits. This simple conversion is based on the 8-bit byte standard. It often appears in basic numeric questions.
Q56. Which of the following correctly equals 1024 GB?
(A) 1 MB
(B) 1 TB
(C) 1 PB
(D) 1 KB
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 1 TB
Explanation: 1024 Gigabytes is equal to 1 Terabyte. This follows the binary rule of multiplying by 1024 at each level. It is one of the most commonly tested conversions.
Q57. The capacity of memory is generally measured in:
(A) Hertz
(B) Bytes and its multiples
(C) Pixels
(D) DPI
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Bytes and its multiples
Explanation: Memory and storage capacity are measured in bytes and their multiples such as KB, MB, GB, and TB. Hertz measures speed, not capacity. Bytes indicate how much data can be stored.
Q58. Which sequence shows units from largest to smallest?
(A) TB, GB, MB, KB
(B) KB, MB, GB, TB
(C) MB, GB, TB, KB
(D) GB, KB, MB, TB
Show Answer
Answer: (A) TB, GB, MB, KB
Explanation: From largest to smallest, the order is Terabyte, Gigabyte, Megabyte, then Kilobyte. Each smaller unit is 1024 times less than the one above it. This is the reverse of the ascending order.
Q59. 1 Exabyte (EB) is equal to:
(A) 1024 TB
(B) 1024 PB
(C) 1024 GB
(D) 1024 MB
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 1024 PB
Explanation: One Exabyte equals 1024 Petabytes, continuing the pattern of multiplying by 1024. The order is GB, TB, PB, then EB. Exabytes describe extremely large data quantities.
Q60. If a file is 3 MB, how many KB is it approximately (binary)?
(A) 3000 KB
(B) 3072 KB
(C) 300 KB
(D) 1024 KB
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 3072 KB
Explanation: Since 1 MB equals 1024 KB, a 3 MB file equals 3 multiplied by 1024, which is 3072 KB. This conversion uses the binary value of 1024. It is a typical practical sizing question.
Sub-Topic 3: Number System (Binary, Decimal, Hex, Octal) (40 MCQs)
Q61. The base (radix) of the binary number system is:
(A) 2
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 2
Explanation: The binary number system has a base of 2 and uses only two digits, 0 and 1. Computers use binary because their circuits have two states, on and off. It is the foundation of all digital data.
Q62. The base of the decimal number system is:
(A) 2
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 10
Explanation: The decimal number system has a base of 10 and uses digits 0 through 9. It is the number system used by humans in everyday life. Computers convert decimal input into binary internally.
Q63. The base of the octal number system is:
(A) 2
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 8
Explanation: The octal number system has a base of 8 and uses digits 0 through 7. It is sometimes used as a shorthand for binary because 3 binary digits equal one octal digit. The digit 8 or 9 never appears in octal.
Q64. The base of the hexadecimal number system is:
(A) 2
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (D) 16
Explanation: The hexadecimal system has a base of 16 and uses digits 0 to 9 followed by letters A to F. It is widely used to represent memory addresses and colours compactly. Four binary digits equal one hex digit.
Q65. In hexadecimal, the letter 'A' represents the decimal value:
(A) 9
(B) 10
(C) 11
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 10
Explanation: In the hexadecimal system, the letter A stands for the decimal value 10. The letters continue B for 11, C for 12, D for 13, E for 14, and F for 15. These letters extend the digit set beyond 9.
Q66. The hexadecimal digit 'F' is equal to which decimal value?
(A) 13
(B) 14
(C) 15
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 15
Explanation: In hexadecimal, F represents the decimal value 15, which is the largest single hex digit. The hex digits run from 0 to 15, using A to F for 10 to 15. After F, the next value rolls over to 10 in hex.
Q67. The binary number 1010 is equal to which decimal number?
(A) 8
(B) 10
(C) 12
(D) 14
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 10
Explanation: Converting 1010 in binary: (1 times 8) plus (0 times 4) plus (1 times 2) plus (0 times 1) gives 8 plus 0 plus 2 plus 0 which is 10. Each position represents a power of 2. So binary 1010 equals decimal 10.
Q68. The decimal number 8 in binary is:
(A) 1000
(B) 1100
(C) 0100
(D) 1010
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 1000
Explanation: The decimal number 8 equals 2 to the power 3, which is written as 1000 in binary. The single 1 is in the eights place with zeros elsewhere. So decimal 8 is binary 1000.
Q69. Binary 1111 equals which decimal value?
(A) 14
(B) 15
(C) 16
(D) 11
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 15
Explanation: Converting 1111: (1 times 8) plus (1 times 4) plus (1 times 2) plus (1 times 1) gives 8 plus 4 plus 2 plus 1 which is 15. All four bits are set to 1. So binary 1111 equals decimal 15.
Q70. How many digits (symbols) are used in the octal number system?
(A) 2
(B) 8
(C) 10
(D) 16
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 8
Explanation: The octal system uses 8 different symbols, namely the digits 0 through 7. The number of symbols equals the base of the system. So octal has exactly 8 digits.
Q71. The leftmost bit in a binary number, which has the highest value, is called the:
(A) LSB (Least Significant Bit)
(B) MSB (Most Significant Bit)
(C) Middle bit
(D) Parity bit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MSB (Most Significant Bit)
Explanation: The Most Significant Bit (MSB) is the leftmost bit and carries the highest place value in a binary number. The rightmost bit, called the LSB, has the lowest value. The MSB greatly affects the number's size.
Q72. The rightmost bit in a binary number is known as the:
(A) MSB
(B) LSB
(C) Sign bit
(D) Carry bit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) LSB
Explanation: The Least Significant Bit (LSB) is the rightmost bit and has the smallest place value of 1. Changing the LSB alters the number by the least amount. The MSB, in contrast, is on the far left.
Q73. Each octal digit can be represented by how many binary digits?
(A) 2 bits
(B) 3 bits
(C) 4 bits
(D) 8 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 3 bits
Explanation: Each octal digit is represented by exactly 3 binary digits, because 2 to the power 3 equals 8. This makes binary-to-octal conversion easy by grouping bits in threes. It is why octal is a binary shorthand.
Q74. Each hexadecimal digit can be represented by how many binary digits?
(A) 2 bits
(B) 3 bits
(C) 4 bits
(D) 8 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 4 bits
Explanation: Each hexadecimal digit corresponds to exactly 4 binary digits, since 2 to the power 4 equals 16. This makes binary-to-hex conversion simple by grouping bits in fours. Hex is therefore a compact binary shorthand.
Q75. The decimal number 10 in binary is:
(A) 1010
(B) 1100
(C) 1001
(D) 1110
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 1010
Explanation: Decimal 10 is broken down as 8 plus 2, which corresponds to the binary places giving 1010. The eights and twos positions are set to 1. So decimal 10 equals binary 1010.
Q76. The hexadecimal number 10 is equal to which decimal value?
(A) 10
(B) 16
(C) 8
(D) 2
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 16
Explanation: In hexadecimal, the number 10 means (1 times 16) plus (0 times 1) which is 16 in decimal. The base is 16, so the position values differ from decimal. Thus hex 10 equals decimal 16.
Q77. Which digit can NEVER appear in an octal number?
(A) 7
(B) 0
(C) 8
(D) 5
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 8
Explanation: Octal uses only digits 0 to 7, so the digit 8 (and 9) can never appear. Any number containing 8 or 9 is not a valid octal number. This is a common validity-check question.
Q78. The binary equivalent of decimal 5 is:
(A) 101
(B) 110
(C) 011
(D) 111
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 101
Explanation: Decimal 5 equals 4 plus 1, which sets the fours and ones positions to give 101 in binary. The twos position remains 0. So decimal 5 is binary 101.
Q79. Computers internally store and process all data in which number system?
(A) Decimal
(B) Binary
(C) Octal
(D) Hexadecimal
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Binary
Explanation: Computers store and process all data internally in the binary system using 0s and 1s. This is because electronic circuits naturally have two states. Other systems are used mainly for human convenience.
Q80. The result of adding binary 1 plus 1 is:
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 10
(D) 11
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 10
Explanation: In binary addition, 1 plus 1 equals 10, where 0 is written and 1 is carried over. This is similar to how 9 plus 1 carries over in decimal. So binary 1 plus 1 gives 10, not 2.
Q81. The decimal value of the hexadecimal number 'C' is:
(A) 10
(B) 11
(C) 12
(D) 13
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 12
Explanation: In hexadecimal, the letter C represents the decimal value 12. This follows the sequence A for 10, B for 11, C for 12, and so on. The letters fill the values from 10 to 15.
Q82. The binary number 100 equals which decimal value?
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) 8
(D) 10
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 4
Explanation: Binary 100 means (1 times 4) plus (0 times 2) plus (0 times 1) which is 4 in decimal. The single 1 sits in the fours place. So binary 100 equals decimal 4.
Q83. Which number system is most convenient for representing memory addresses compactly?
(A) Decimal
(B) Binary
(C) Hexadecimal
(D) Roman
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Hexadecimal
Explanation: Hexadecimal is widely used to represent memory addresses because it expresses long binary values compactly. Four binary bits collapse into one hex digit. This makes addresses shorter and easier to read.
Q84. The largest digit in the decimal system is:
(A) 7
(B) 8
(C) 9
(D) 10
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 9
Explanation: The largest single digit in the decimal system is 9, since decimal uses digits 0 through 9. After 9, the value rolls over to 10 using two digits. The largest digit is always one less than the base.
Q85. Decimal 2 in binary is written as:
(A) 10
(B) 01
(C) 11
(D) 00
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 10
Explanation: Decimal 2 corresponds to the twos place being set, giving 10 in binary. The ones place stays 0. So decimal 2 equals binary 10.
Q86. How many symbols are used in the hexadecimal system in total?
(A) 10
(B) 12
(C) 16
(D) 8
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 16
Explanation: The hexadecimal system uses 16 symbols in total: digits 0 to 9 and letters A to F. The total number of symbols equals the base of 16. This allows compact representation of binary data.
Q87. Binary 11 equals which decimal value?
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 11
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 3
Explanation: Binary 11 means (1 times 2) plus (1 times 1) which is 2 plus 1 equals 3 in decimal. Both bits are set to 1. So binary 11 equals decimal 3.
Q88. The decimal number 16 in hexadecimal is:
(A) F
(B) 10
(C) 16
(D) 1F
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 10
Explanation: Decimal 16 is written as 10 in hexadecimal, since it is exactly one group of 16 with nothing left over. The single hex digit F only goes up to 15. So decimal 16 becomes hex 10.
Q89. Which of the following is a valid binary number?
(A) 1021
(B) 1102
(C) 1010
(D) 1230
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 1010
Explanation: A valid binary number contains only the digits 0 and 1. Among the options, only 1010 meets this rule. The others include digits like 2 and 3, which are not allowed in binary.
Q90. The system that represents each decimal digit using a 4-bit binary code is called:
(A) ASCII
(B) BCD (Binary Coded Decimal)
(C) Octal
(D) Unicode
Show Answer
Answer: (B) BCD (Binary Coded Decimal)
Explanation: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) represents each decimal digit using a separate group of 4 binary bits. For example, decimal 9 becomes 1001 in BCD. It is used where decimal display accuracy is important.
Q91. ASCII is a coding scheme primarily used to represent:
(A) Only numbers
(B) Characters (letters, digits, symbols)
(C) Only colours
(D) Only images
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Characters (letters, digits, symbols)
Explanation: ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) assigns a numeric code to each character such as letters, digits, and symbols. It allows computers to store and exchange text. Standard ASCII uses 7 or 8 bits per character.
Q92. Standard ASCII uses how many bits to represent a character?
(A) 4 bits
(B) 7 bits
(C) 16 bits
(D) 32 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 7 bits
Explanation: Standard ASCII uses 7 bits to represent each character, allowing 128 different codes. Extended ASCII uses 8 bits for 256 characters. These codes cover letters, numbers, and control characters.
Q93. Which encoding scheme can represent characters of almost all world languages?
(A) ASCII
(B) BCD
(C) Unicode
(D) EBCDIC
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Unicode
Explanation: Unicode is a universal character encoding standard that can represent text from nearly all writing systems worldwide. It uses more bits than ASCII to cover thousands of characters. This includes Hindi, Chinese, and many scripts.
Q94. The 1's complement of the binary number 1010 is:
(A) 0101
(B) 1111
(C) 0000
(D) 1010
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 0101
Explanation: The 1's complement is found by flipping every bit, changing 0 to 1 and 1 to 0. For 1010, flipping gives 0101. It is used as a step in binary subtraction.
Q95. The 2's complement of a binary number is obtained by:
(A) Flipping all bits only
(B) Flipping all bits and adding 1
(C) Adding 1 only
(D) Reversing the order of bits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Flipping all bits and adding 1
Explanation: The 2's complement is found by first taking the 1's complement (flipping all bits) and then adding 1 to the result. It is widely used to represent negative numbers in computers. This simplifies binary arithmetic.
Q96. Octal 7 in decimal is equal to:
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 8
(D) 9
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 7
Explanation: The octal digit 7 equals 7 in decimal because it is a single digit within both systems' range. Octal digits 0 to 7 match decimal 0 to 7 directly. So octal 7 is decimal 7.
Q97. Decimal 4 in binary is written as:
(A) 100
(B) 010
(C) 001
(D) 110
Show Answer
Answer: (A) 100
Explanation: Decimal 4 equals 2 to the power 2, so the fours place is set to give 100 in binary. The twos and ones places stay 0. So decimal 4 equals binary 100.
Q98. How many values can be represented using 4 bits?
(A) 8
(B) 16
(C) 32
(D) 4
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 16
Explanation: With 4 bits, the number of possible values is 2 to the power 4, which equals 16. These range from 0000 to 1111 in binary. This is why one hex digit (16 values) maps to 4 bits.
Q99. How many distinct values can 3 bits represent?
(A) 6
(B) 8
(C) 3
(D) 9
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 8
Explanation: Three bits can represent 2 to the power 3, which equals 8 different values, from 000 to 111. This matches the 8 digits of the octal system. That is why one octal digit equals 3 bits.
Q100. Which number system uses only the digits 0 and 1?
(A) Octal
(B) Decimal
(C) Binary
(D) Hexadecimal
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Binary
Explanation: The binary number system uses only two digits, 0 and 1. This matches the two states of electronic circuits, on and off. It is the basic language of all digital computers.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 4: Software
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Types of Software (System, Application, Utility) (40 MCQs)
Q1. Software is broadly classified into how many main categories?
(A) One
(B) Two (System and Application)
(C) Four
(D) Five
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Two (System and Application)
Explanation: Software is mainly divided into two broad categories: system software and application software. System software manages the hardware, while application software performs user tasks. Utility software is often treated as a sub-type of system software.
Q2. Which type of software manages and controls the computer hardware?
(A) Application software
(B) System software
(C) Game software
(D) Spreadsheet software
Show Answer
Answer: (B) System software
Explanation: System software manages, controls, and coordinates the computer hardware and provides a platform for other software. The operating system is its most important example. It runs in the background to keep the system working.
Q3. The most important example of system software is the:
(A) MS Word
(B) Operating System
(C) VLC Media Player
(D) Photoshop
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Operating System
Explanation: The operating system is the most essential system software, as it manages all hardware and software resources. It acts as a bridge between the user and the hardware. Without it, the computer cannot function usefully.
Q4. Software designed to perform a specific task for the user is called:
(A) System software
(B) Application software
(C) Firmware
(D) Device driver
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Application software
Explanation: Application software is created to help users complete specific tasks such as writing documents or editing photos. Examples include MS Word, web browsers, and games. It runs on top of the system software.
Q5. Which of the following is an example of application software?
(A) Windows OS
(B) Device driver
(C) MS Excel
(D) BIOS
Show Answer
Answer: (C) MS Excel
Explanation: MS Excel is application software used to create and manage spreadsheets. Windows, device drivers, and BIOS are all system software. Application software directly serves the user's needs.
Q6. Utility software is mainly used to:
(A) Play games
(B) Maintain, manage, and optimise the computer system
(C) Browse the internet
(D) Make presentations
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Maintain, manage, and optimise the computer system
Explanation: Utility software performs maintenance and optimisation tasks that keep the computer running smoothly. Examples include antivirus, disk cleanup, and backup tools. It supports the system rather than the user's main work.
Q7. Which of the following is an example of utility software?
(A) MS PowerPoint
(B) Antivirus program
(C) Adobe Photoshop
(D) Web browser
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Antivirus program
Explanation: An antivirus program is utility software that protects and maintains the computer by detecting threats. Disk defragmenters and backup tools are also utilities. They help keep the system secure and efficient.
Q8. A program that allows the operating system to communicate with a hardware device is called a:
(A) Compiler
(B) Device driver
(C) Spreadsheet
(D) Browser
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Device driver
Explanation: A device driver is system software that enables the operating system to control and communicate with a specific hardware device. For example, a printer driver lets the computer use the printer. Without the correct driver, the device may not work.
Q9. Software that is permanently stored in a hardware device's ROM is called:
(A) Firmware
(B) Freeware
(C) Shareware
(D) Malware
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Firmware
Explanation: Firmware is specialised software permanently embedded in a hardware device's ROM to control its basic functions. The BIOS is a common example of firmware. It bridges the gap between hardware and higher-level software.
Q10. Software that is available free of cost for unlimited use is called:
(A) Shareware
(B) Freeware
(C) Paidware
(D) Trialware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Freeware
Explanation: Freeware is software that can be used free of charge for an unlimited time. The user does not need to pay, though the source code is usually not shared. Examples include many free browsers and media players.
Q11. Software distributed free for a trial period after which payment is required is called:
(A) Freeware
(B) Shareware
(C) Open source
(D) Firmware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Shareware
Explanation: Shareware is offered free for a limited trial period, after which the user must pay to continue using it fully. Trial versions often have limited features. It lets users test the software before buying.
Q12. Software whose source code is freely available for anyone to view and modify is called:
(A) Proprietary software
(B) Open source software
(C) Firmware
(D) Shareware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Open source software
Explanation: Open source software makes its source code publicly available so anyone can view, modify, and distribute it. Linux and Mozilla Firefox are well-known examples. It encourages community collaboration and improvement.
Q13. Software that is owned by a company and whose source code is kept secret is called:
(A) Open source software
(B) Proprietary software
(C) Freeware
(D) Public domain software
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Proprietary software
Explanation: Proprietary software is owned by an individual or company that keeps the source code private. Users usually buy a licence to use it but cannot modify it. Microsoft Windows is a common example.
Q14. Which of the following is system software?
(A) Tally
(B) Operating system
(C) MS Paint
(D) WhatsApp
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Operating system
Explanation: The operating system is system software because it manages hardware and provides a base for other programs. Tally, MS Paint, and WhatsApp are all application software. System software works closer to the hardware.
Q15. A collection of related application programs sold together is called a software:
(A) Driver
(B) Suite
(C) Patch
(D) Bug
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Suite
Explanation: A software suite is a bundle of related applications packaged and sold together. Microsoft Office, which includes Word, Excel, and PowerPoint, is a classic example. The programs in a suite often work well together.
Q16. A small piece of software released to fix bugs or improve an existing program is called a:
(A) Patch
(B) Suite
(C) Driver
(D) Compiler
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Patch
Explanation: A patch is a small update released to fix errors, close security gaps, or improve a program. It is applied to existing software without reinstalling it. Patches help keep software secure and up to date.
Q17. Which type of software is an antivirus, disk defragmenter, and file compressor an example of?
(A) Application software
(B) Utility software
(C) Programming software
(D) Game software
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Utility software
Explanation: Antivirus, disk defragmenters, and file compressors all fall under utility software. They maintain, protect, and optimise the computer system. They are considered a category of system software.
Q18. Linux is an example of which type of software?
(A) Application software
(B) Open source operating system
(C) Utility software
(D) Firmware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Open source operating system
Explanation: Linux is an open source operating system whose source code is freely available to all. It is system software that manages computer resources. Its open nature allows free modification and distribution.
Q19. Which of the following is NOT system software?
(A) Operating system
(B) Device driver
(C) Language translator
(D) Photo editor
Show Answer
Answer: (D) Photo editor
Explanation: A photo editor is application software used for a specific user task. Operating systems, device drivers, and language translators are all system software. Application software serves the end user directly.
Q20. Software specially developed for a particular customer's unique needs is called:
(A) General-purpose software
(B) Customised (tailor-made) software
(C) Freeware
(D) Shareware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Customised (tailor-made) software
Explanation: Customised or tailor-made software is built specifically to meet the exact requirements of a particular client. It is not sold to the general public. Examples include software made for a specific bank or hospital.
Q21. Ready-made software available for the general public to buy is called:
(A) Customised software
(B) General-purpose (packaged) software
(C) Firmware
(D) Patch
Show Answer
Answer: (B) General-purpose (packaged) software
Explanation: General-purpose or packaged software is developed for a wide audience and sold to the general public. MS Office and Tally are examples. It is also called off-the-shelf software.
Q22. The software that loads first when a computer is switched on is the:
(A) Web browser
(B) Operating system
(C) Word processor
(D) Antivirus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Operating system
Explanation: The operating system is loaded into memory during the booting process when the computer starts. It must be running before other applications can be used. This loading is part of the boot sequence.
Q23. Which of the following is an example of a word processing application?
(A) MS Excel
(B) MS Word
(C) MS Access
(D) Windows OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MS Word
Explanation: MS Word is a word processing application used to create and edit text documents. MS Excel handles spreadsheets and MS Access manages databases. Word processors focus on text-based documents.
Q24. A 'trial version' of software that stops working after a set time is a form of:
(A) Freeware
(B) Shareware/trialware
(C) Open source
(D) Firmware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Shareware/trialware
Explanation: A trial version that expires after a fixed period is a type of shareware or trialware. It lets users test the software before purchasing. After the trial, full use requires a paid licence.
Q25. Which type of software acts as an interface between the user and the hardware?
(A) Application software
(B) Operating system
(C) Spreadsheet software
(D) Antivirus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Operating system
Explanation: The operating system acts as an interface between the user and the computer hardware. It interprets user commands and manages hardware resources accordingly. This makes the computer easy to use.
Q26. Software piracy refers to:
(A) Creating new software
(B) Illegally copying or using software without a licence
(C) Updating software
(D) Deleting software
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Illegally copying or using software without a licence
Explanation: Software piracy is the unauthorised copying, distribution, or use of software without proper licensing. It violates copyright laws and harms developers. Using cracked or pirated software is illegal.
Q27. A software license agreement (EULA) is mainly meant to:
(A) Speed up the computer
(B) Define the legal terms of using the software
(C) Repair hardware
(D) Compress files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Define the legal terms of using the software
Explanation: An End User License Agreement (EULA) sets out the legal terms and conditions under which the software may be used. The user must usually accept it before installation. It protects the rights of the software owner.
Q28. Tally is an example of which type of application software?
(A) Word processing
(B) Accounting software
(C) Web browsing
(D) Image editing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Accounting software
Explanation: Tally is accounting application software used to manage financial records and business transactions. It helps with billing, inventory, and tax calculations. It is widely used by businesses in India.
Q29. Which of the following is a presentation software?
(A) MS Excel
(B) MS PowerPoint
(C) MS Access
(D) Notepad
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MS PowerPoint
Explanation: MS PowerPoint is presentation software used to create slide shows with text, images, and animations. MS Excel is for spreadsheets and MS Access for databases. Presentation software focuses on visual slides.
Q30. Software that translates a program written in one language into another is called:
(A) Editor
(B) Language translator
(C) Driver
(D) Browser
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Language translator
Explanation: A language translator is system software that converts a program from one language into another, usually into machine code. Compilers, interpreters, and assemblers are types of translators. They make human-written code executable.
Q31. The process of installing software means:
(A) Deleting it from the computer
(B) Copying and setting it up for use on the computer
(C) Printing it
(D) Compressing it
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Copying and setting it up for use on the computer
Explanation: Installing software means copying its files onto the computer and configuring them so the program can run. It prepares the software for use. Uninstalling, by contrast, removes the software.
Q32. Which software helps recover lost or deleted files?
(A) Word processor
(B) Data recovery utility
(C) Presentation software
(D) Web browser
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Data recovery utility
Explanation: Data recovery software is a utility designed to restore lost, deleted, or corrupted files. It scans the storage device for recoverable data. It is useful after accidental deletion or system crashes.
Q33. Which of these is an example of an integrated development environment (IDE) category of software?
(A) MS Paint
(B) Visual Studio
(C) VLC Player
(D) WinZip
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Visual Studio
Explanation: Visual Studio is an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) used by programmers to write, test, and debug code. IDEs combine an editor, compiler, and debugger in one tool. They make software development easier.
Q34. Which of the following best describes 'multitasking' software capability?
(A) Running only one program at a time
(B) Running multiple programs at the same time
(C) Deleting programs
(D) Printing documents
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Running multiple programs at the same time
Explanation: Multitasking is the ability of an operating system to run several programs at the same time. The CPU rapidly switches between tasks to give this effect. Modern operating systems support multitasking.
Q35. A 'boot loader' is a small program that:
(A) Edits documents
(B) Loads the operating system into memory at startup
(C) Browses the web
(D) Compresses files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Loads the operating system into memory at startup
Explanation: A boot loader is a small program that loads the operating system into main memory when the computer starts. It runs during the boot process after the BIOS. It hands over control to the operating system.
Q36. Disk defragmentation utility is used to:
(A) Delete files permanently
(B) Reorganise fragmented data for faster access
(C) Format the disk
(D) Encrypt files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Reorganise fragmented data for faster access
Explanation: Disk defragmentation rearranges fragmented files on a hard disk so related data is stored together. This reduces access time and improves performance. It is a common maintenance utility.
Q37. Which type of software would a graphic designer most likely use?
(A) Tally
(B) Adobe Photoshop
(C) Antivirus
(D) BIOS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Adobe Photoshop
Explanation: Adobe Photoshop is application software used for image editing and graphic design. It allows users to create and modify images professionally. Tally is for accounting and BIOS is firmware.
Q38. Software that is in the public domain means it:
(A) Is strictly copyrighted
(B) Has no copyright and can be freely used by anyone
(C) Costs the most
(D) Cannot be copied
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Has no copyright and can be freely used by anyone
Explanation: Public domain software has no copyright restrictions and can be freely used, modified, and shared by anyone. It is even more free than freeware. No permission or payment is needed to use it.
Q39. The main difference between system software and application software is that system software:
(A) Is used directly by the user for tasks
(B) Runs and supports the computer and other programs
(C) Is always a game
(D) Cannot run on a computer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Runs and supports the computer and other programs
Explanation: System software runs the computer and provides a platform for application software to operate. Application software, in contrast, is used directly by the user for specific tasks. System software works closer to the hardware.
Q40. Which of the following is an example of a web browser (application software)?
(A) Windows
(B) Google Chrome
(C) BIOS
(D) Device driver
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Google Chrome
Explanation: Google Chrome is application software used to access and view websites on the internet. Mozilla Firefox and Microsoft Edge are other examples. Browsers fall under application software.
Sub-Topic 2: Computer Languages (Low-level, High-level, Assembly) (35 MCQs)
Q41. A language that the computer can directly understand without translation is:
(A) High-level language
(B) Machine language
(C) Assembly language
(D) Natural language
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Machine language
Explanation: Machine language is the only language a computer can directly understand, as it is written in binary 0s and 1s. It requires no translation before execution. However, it is very difficult for humans to write.
Q42. Machine language and assembly language are together called:
(A) High-level languages
(B) Low-level languages
(C) Natural languages
(D) Query languages
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Low-level languages
Explanation: Machine language and assembly language are both classified as low-level languages because they are close to the hardware. They are machine-dependent and harder for humans to use. High-level languages are easier and machine-independent.
Q43. Assembly language uses short codes called ____ instead of binary.
(A) Mnemonics
(B) Pixels
(C) Bytes
(D) Sectors
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Mnemonics
Explanation: Assembly language replaces binary instructions with short, memorable symbolic codes called mnemonics, such as ADD or MOV. These are easier for humans to remember than binary. An assembler then converts them to machine code.
Q44. The translator that converts assembly language into machine language is the:
(A) Compiler
(B) Interpreter
(C) Assembler
(D) Loader
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Assembler
Explanation: An assembler is a language translator that converts assembly language code into machine language. It changes mnemonics into the binary the computer understands. Each assembly instruction usually maps to one machine instruction.
Q45. Languages that are closer to human language and easier to write are called:
(A) Low-level languages
(B) Machine languages
(C) High-level languages
(D) Binary languages
Show Answer
Answer: (C) High-level languages
Explanation: High-level languages use English-like words and mathematical symbols, making them easier for humans to write and understand. Examples include C, Java, and Python. They must be translated into machine code before running.
Q46. Which of the following is a high-level language?
(A) Binary
(B) Assembly
(C) Python
(D) Hexadecimal
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Python
Explanation: Python is a high-level programming language known for its simple, readable syntax. C, Java, and C++ are also high-level languages. They are machine-independent and need a translator to run.
Q47. A program that translates the entire high-level program into machine code at once is a:
(A) Interpreter
(B) Compiler
(C) Assembler
(D) Editor
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Compiler
Explanation: A compiler translates the whole source program into machine code in one go before execution. It produces an executable file that can run independently. Errors are reported together after compilation.
Q48. A program that translates and executes a high-level program line by line is a:
(A) Compiler
(B) Interpreter
(C) Assembler
(D) Linker
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Interpreter
Explanation: An interpreter translates and runs a program one line at a time. It stops immediately when it finds an error on a line. This makes debugging easier but execution is generally slower than a compiler.
Q49. The original program written by a programmer in a high-level language is called the:
(A) Object code
(B) Source code
(C) Machine code
(D) Binary code
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Source code
Explanation: Source code is the human-readable program written by a programmer in a high-level or assembly language. It must be translated into machine code to run. The translated output is called object code.
Q50. The machine-language output produced after compilation is called:
(A) Source code
(B) Object code
(C) Pseudocode
(D) Flowchart
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Object code
Explanation: Object code is the machine-language version of a program produced by a compiler after translating the source code. It is in a form the computer can execute. The source code is the original human-written version.
Q51. Which of these is the main advantage of a high-level language over a low-level language?
(A) It is machine-dependent
(B) It is easier to write and machine-independent
(C) It runs without translation
(D) It uses only binary
Show Answer
Answer: (B) It is easier to write and machine-independent
Explanation: High-level languages are easier to write and are machine-independent, so the same program can run on different computers. They use English-like syntax. Low-level languages, by contrast, are machine-dependent and harder to use.
Q52. Which of these is a key advantage of low-level languages?
(A) Very easy to learn
(B) Faster execution and direct hardware control
(C) Machine independence
(D) English-like syntax
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Faster execution and direct hardware control
Explanation: Low-level languages offer faster execution and direct control over hardware because they are close to machine code. They make efficient use of resources. However, they are difficult to write and machine-dependent.
Q53. A compiler reports errors:
(A) One line at a time during execution
(B) All together after scanning the whole program
(C) Only after running the program
(D) Never
Show Answer
Answer: (B) All together after scanning the whole program
Explanation: A compiler scans the entire program and reports all detected errors together after compilation. The program will not run until these errors are fixed. An interpreter, by contrast, reports errors line by line.
Q54. Which language is considered the first generation language (1GL)?
(A) Assembly language
(B) Machine language
(C) C language
(D) Python
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Machine language
Explanation: Machine language is the first generation language (1GL), consisting of binary instructions. It is directly understood by the computer's hardware. It is the most basic and difficult level of programming.
Q55. Assembly language belongs to which generation of programming languages?
(A) First generation
(B) Second generation
(C) Third generation
(D) Fourth generation
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Second generation
Explanation: Assembly language is the second generation language (2GL), using mnemonics instead of binary. It is still low-level and machine-dependent. It is easier than machine language but needs an assembler.
Q56. High-level languages such as C and Java are classified as:
(A) First generation (1GL)
(B) Second generation (2GL)
(C) Third generation (3GL)
(D) Fifth generation (5GL)
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Third generation (3GL)
Explanation: High-level languages like C, Java, and FORTRAN are third generation languages (3GL). They are easier to use and machine-independent. They need a compiler or interpreter to convert to machine code.
Q57. Which of the following is the oldest high-level programming language?
(A) Python
(B) FORTRAN
(C) Java
(D) C++
Show Answer
Answer: (B) FORTRAN
Explanation: FORTRAN (Formula Translation), developed in the 1950s, is one of the oldest high-level programming languages. It was designed mainly for scientific and engineering calculations. It predates languages like C and Java.
Q58. The C programming language was developed by:
(A) James Gosling
(B) Dennis Ritchie
(C) Guido van Rossum
(D) Bjarne Stroustrup
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Dennis Ritchie
Explanation: The C programming language was developed by Dennis Ritchie at Bell Labs in the early 1970s. It became extremely popular for system programming. Many later languages were influenced by C.
Q59. The Java programming language was developed by:
(A) Dennis Ritchie
(B) James Gosling
(C) Guido van Rossum
(D) Charles Babbage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) James Gosling
Explanation: Java was developed by James Gosling at Sun Microsystems in the 1990s. It is known for its write once, run anywhere portability. Java is widely used for applications and web development.
Q60. The Python programming language was created by:
(A) Guido van Rossum
(B) Dennis Ritchie
(C) James Gosling
(D) Bjarne Stroustrup
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Guido van Rossum
Explanation: Python was created by Guido van Rossum and released in 1991. It is valued for its simple and readable syntax. Python is widely used in data science, AI, and web development.
Q61. Which translator converts the whole program but each instruction of assembly into one machine instruction?
(A) Compiler
(B) Interpreter
(C) Assembler
(D) Debugger
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Assembler
Explanation: An assembler typically converts each assembly language instruction into a single corresponding machine instruction. This one-to-one mapping is a feature of assembly translation. It then produces executable machine code.
Q62. Fourth generation languages (4GL) are mainly used for:
(A) Hardware control
(B) Database queries and report generation
(C) Writing operating systems
(D) Drawing circuits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Database queries and report generation
Explanation: Fourth generation languages (4GL) are designed for tasks like database queries and report generation, closer to human language. SQL is a common example. They require less coding effort than 3GLs.
Q63. SQL is an example of which type of language?
(A) Low-level language
(B) Query language (4GL)
(C) Assembly language
(D) Machine language
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Query language (4GL)
Explanation: SQL (Structured Query Language) is a fourth generation query language used to interact with databases. It is used to retrieve, insert, and update data. It is much closer to natural English than 3GLs.
Q64. Which is faster in execution: a compiled program or an interpreted program?
(A) Interpreted program
(B) Compiled program
(C) Both are equally fast
(D) Neither runs
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Compiled program
Explanation: A compiled program generally runs faster because it is fully translated into machine code before execution. An interpreted program is slower since translation happens line by line during running. Compilation produces a ready-to-run file.
Q65. Which of the following is NOT a high-level language?
(A) C
(B) Java
(C) Assembly
(D) Python
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Assembly
Explanation: Assembly language is a low-level language, not a high-level one. C, Java, and Python are all high-level languages with English-like syntax. Assembly is closer to machine code and uses mnemonics.
Q66. Machine language programs are:
(A) Machine-independent
(B) Machine-dependent
(C) Written in English
(D) Easy for humans to read
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Machine-dependent
Explanation: Machine language programs are machine-dependent, meaning they only work on the specific type of processor they were written for. They are written in binary and hard for humans to read. High-level languages are machine-independent.
Q67. The process of finding and removing errors from a program is called:
(A) Compiling
(B) Debugging
(C) Linking
(D) Formatting
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Debugging
Explanation: Debugging is the process of locating and fixing errors, or bugs, in a program. It ensures the program runs correctly. The term bug historically refers to an actual insect found in an early computer.
Q68. An error in a program is commonly called a:
(A) Patch
(B) Bug
(C) Driver
(D) Loop
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Bug
Explanation: An error or fault in a program is commonly called a bug. Bugs can cause incorrect results or program crashes. Removing them is known as debugging.
Q69. Which software combines several object files into a single executable program?
(A) Compiler
(B) Linker
(C) Interpreter
(D) Editor
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Linker
Explanation: A linker combines multiple object code files and library files into one executable program. It resolves references between different code modules. It works after compilation in the program-building process.
Q70. C++ was developed as an extension of which language?
(A) Java
(B) C
(C) Python
(D) FORTRAN
Show Answer
Answer: (B) C
Explanation: C++ was developed by Bjarne Stroustrup as an extension of the C language, adding object-oriented features. It keeps C's efficiency while supporting classes and objects. It is widely used for system and application software.
Q71. Which language is described as 'machine-independent' but needs translation?
(A) Machine language
(B) Assembly language
(C) High-level language
(D) Binary code
Show Answer
Answer: (C) High-level language
Explanation: High-level languages are machine-independent, so the same program can run on different machines after translation. They require a compiler or interpreter to convert to machine code. This portability is a major advantage.
Q72. BASIC is an example of a:
(A) Low-level language
(B) High-level language
(C) Machine language
(D) Query language
Show Answer
Answer: (B) High-level language
Explanation: BASIC (Beginner's All-purpose Symbolic Instruction Code) is a high-level language designed to be easy for beginners. It uses simple English-like commands. It was widely used to teach programming.
Q73. A loader is a program that:
(A) Writes source code
(B) Loads the executable program into memory for execution
(C) Edits documents
(D) Compresses files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Loads the executable program into memory for execution
Explanation: A loader is system software that loads an executable program from storage into main memory so it can run. It prepares the program for execution by the CPU. It works closely with the linker and operating system.
Q74. Which generation of languages focuses on artificial intelligence and natural language?
(A) First generation
(B) Second generation
(C) Third generation
(D) Fifth generation
Show Answer
Answer: (D) Fifth generation
Explanation: Fifth generation languages (5GL) are designed for artificial intelligence applications and aim to use natural, problem-solving approaches. Languages like PROLOG and LISP are associated with AI. They focus on what to solve rather than how.
Q75. The main disadvantage of machine language is that it is:
(A) Very easy to learn
(B) Difficult to write, read, and debug
(C) Machine-independent
(D) Slow in execution
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Difficult to write, read, and debug
Explanation: Machine language is very difficult to write, read, and debug because it is in pure binary. A small mistake is hard to detect. It is also machine-dependent, which limits portability.
Sub-Topic 3: Programming Concepts & Basics (25 MCQs)
Q76. A step-by-step procedure to solve a problem is called a/an:
(A) Flowchart
(B) Algorithm
(C) Program
(D) Loop
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Algorithm
Explanation: An algorithm is a finite, step-by-step set of instructions designed to solve a particular problem. It is written in plain language before coding. A program is the algorithm implemented in a programming language.
Q77. A graphical or pictorial representation of an algorithm is called a:
(A) Pseudocode
(B) Flowchart
(C) Source code
(D) Compiler
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Flowchart
Explanation: A flowchart is a diagram that represents the steps of an algorithm using symbols and arrows. It shows the flow of control visually. It helps in understanding and planning a program before coding.
Q78. In a flowchart, which symbol is used to represent a decision?
(A) Rectangle
(B) Diamond
(C) Oval
(D) Arrow
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Diamond
Explanation: In a flowchart, the diamond shape represents a decision or condition where the flow can branch. It usually has yes or no paths. Rectangles, by contrast, represent processing steps.
Q79. In a flowchart, the oval (or rounded) symbol represents the:
(A) Decision
(B) Start or End (terminal)
(C) Input/Output
(D) Process
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Start or End (terminal)
Explanation: The oval or rounded shape in a flowchart is the terminal symbol, marking the start or end of the process. Every flowchart begins and ends with this symbol. It defines the boundaries of the algorithm.
Q80. An informal, English-like description of the steps of a program is called:
(A) Machine code
(B) Pseudocode
(C) Object code
(D) Binary code
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Pseudocode
Explanation: Pseudocode is an informal way of describing a program's logic using plain, structured English. It is not tied to any programming language's syntax. It helps plan the logic before actual coding.
Q81. A named storage location whose value can change during program execution is called a:
(A) Constant
(B) Variable
(C) Keyword
(D) Operator
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Variable
Explanation: A variable is a named memory location used to store data that can change while the program runs. Its value can be updated as needed. A constant, in contrast, holds a fixed value.
Q82. A value that does NOT change during the execution of a program is called a:
(A) Variable
(B) Constant
(C) Loop
(D) Function
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Constant
Explanation: A constant is a fixed value that remains unchanged throughout the program's execution. For example, the value of pi can be stored as a constant. Variables, by contrast, can change.
Q83. A programming structure that repeats a set of instructions multiple times is called a:
(A) Loop
(B) Variable
(C) Comment
(D) Constant
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Loop
Explanation: A loop is a control structure that repeats a block of instructions until a condition is met. Common loops include for and while. Loops avoid writing the same code many times.
Q84. Which of the following is a looping (iteration) statement?
(A) if
(B) for
(C) print
(D) input
Show Answer
Answer: (B) for
Explanation: The for statement is a looping construct used to repeat a block of code a set number of times. while is another loop. The if statement, in contrast, is used for decisions, not repetition.
Q85. A statement that allows a program to choose between different actions based on a condition is a:
(A) Loop statement
(B) Conditional (decision) statement
(C) Comment
(D) Declaration
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Conditional (decision) statement
Explanation: A conditional or decision statement, such as if-else, lets the program take different paths depending on whether a condition is true or false. It controls the flow of execution. It is essential for decision-making in programs.
Q86. Lines added in a program to explain the code, ignored by the computer, are called:
(A) Keywords
(B) Comments
(C) Variables
(D) Operators
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Comments
Explanation: Comments are explanatory notes added by programmers to make code easier to understand. The computer ignores them during execution. They improve readability and help in maintenance.
Q87. A reusable block of code that performs a specific task is called a:
(A) Loop
(B) Function (or subroutine)
(C) Variable
(D) Constant
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Function (or subroutine)
Explanation: A function, also called a subroutine or method, is a named block of code that performs a specific task and can be reused. It helps organise code and avoid repetition. Functions can take inputs and return outputs.
Q88. Symbols like plus, minus, and asterisk used to perform operations are called:
(A) Variables
(B) Operators
(C) Keywords
(D) Comments
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Operators
Explanation: Operators are symbols that perform operations on data, such as arithmetic or comparison. The plus, minus, and asterisk symbols are arithmetic operators. They act on values called operands.
Q89. Reserved words that have a special meaning in a programming language are called:
(A) Variables
(B) Keywords
(C) Comments
(D) Constants
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Keywords
Explanation: Keywords are reserved words predefined in a programming language with a fixed meaning, such as if, while, or return. They cannot be used as variable names. Each language has its own set of keywords.
Q90. The values on which operators act are called:
(A) Operands
(B) Keywords
(C) Comments
(D) Loops
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Operands
Explanation: Operands are the values or variables on which an operator performs its action. For example, in 5 plus 3, the numbers 5 and 3 are operands. The plus sign is the operator.
Q91. Which programming approach is based on objects and classes?
(A) Procedural programming
(B) Object-oriented programming (OOP)
(C) Machine programming
(D) Linear programming
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Object-oriented programming (OOP)
Explanation: Object-oriented programming (OOP) organises code around objects and classes that bundle data and functions together. Java and C++ support OOP. It promotes reusability and modular design.
Q92. A logical error in a program means the program:
(A) Will not compile at all
(B) Runs but produces incorrect results
(C) Cannot be opened
(D) Deletes itself
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Runs but produces incorrect results
Explanation: A logical error allows the program to run without crashing but produces wrong results. It is caused by a mistake in the program's logic. Such errors are harder to detect than syntax errors.
Q93. A syntax error in a program occurs when:
(A) The logic is wrong but it runs
(B) The rules/grammar of the language are violated
(C) The computer overheats
(D) The file is deleted
Show Answer
Answer: (B) The rules/grammar of the language are violated
Explanation: A syntax error happens when the code breaks the grammar rules of the programming language, such as a missing semicolon. The program will not compile or run until it is fixed. Compilers detect these errors easily.
Q94. The first step in the program development process is usually:
(A) Coding
(B) Problem definition and analysis
(C) Testing
(D) Documentation
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Problem definition and analysis
Explanation: The program development process usually begins with clearly defining and analysing the problem to be solved. Only after understanding the problem can a solution be designed. Coding comes later in the process.
Q95. Testing a program is mainly done to:
(A) Make it run faster automatically
(B) Find and verify errors before final use
(C) Increase storage
(D) Change the language
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Find and verify errors before final use
Explanation: Testing checks whether a program works correctly and helps find errors before it is released. It verifies that the program meets its requirements. Debugging then fixes any errors found during testing.
Q96. Documentation in programming refers to:
(A) Writing the executable code only
(B) Written information explaining how the program works
(C) Compiling the program
(D) Deleting old files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Written information explaining how the program works
Explanation: Documentation is the written material that explains how a program works and how to use it. It includes comments, manuals, and guides. Good documentation helps in future maintenance and understanding.
Q97. An infinite loop is a loop that:
(A) Runs exactly once
(B) Never ends because its condition is always true
(C) Does not run at all
(D) Stops after one second
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Never ends because its condition is always true
Explanation: An infinite loop keeps repeating endlessly because its terminating condition is never satisfied. It can cause a program to hang or freeze. Programmers must ensure loop conditions eventually become false.
Q98. Which control structure executes statements one after another in order?
(A) Sequence
(B) Selection
(C) Iteration
(D) Recursion
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Sequence
Explanation: The sequence structure executes instructions one after another in the order they are written. It is the simplest control structure. Selection and iteration add decisions and repetition.
Q99. When a function calls itself to solve a problem, it is known as:
(A) Iteration
(B) Recursion
(C) Compilation
(D) Declaration
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Recursion
Explanation: Recursion is a technique where a function calls itself to break a problem into smaller sub-problems. It needs a base condition to stop. It is commonly used for tasks like calculating factorials.
Q100. The correct general order of program development is:
(A) Coding, Problem analysis, Testing
(B) Problem analysis, Design, Coding, Testing
(C) Testing, Coding, Design
(D) Documentation, Coding, Analysis
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Problem analysis, Design, Coding, Testing
Explanation: The standard order is to first analyse the problem, then design a solution, then write the code, and finally test it. Documentation and maintenance follow. This structured approach reduces errors.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 5: Operating System
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Functions of Operating System (25 MCQs)
Q1. Which of the following is a major function of an operating system?
(A) Editing photos
(B) Managing computer resources
(C) Browsing the internet
(D) Creating presentations
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Managing computer resources
Explanation: A core function of the operating system is to manage all hardware and software resources of the computer. It allocates memory, CPU time, and devices to programs. Photo editing and browsing are tasks of application software.
Q2. The function of the OS that decides which process gets the CPU and when is called:
(A) Memory management
(B) Process scheduling
(C) File management
(D) Device management
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Process scheduling
Explanation: Process scheduling is the OS function that decides which process should use the CPU and for how long. It ensures fair and efficient use of the processor. This is essential in multitasking systems.
Q3. Managing the allocation and deallocation of main memory to programs is called:
(A) Process management
(B) Memory management
(C) File management
(D) Security management
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Memory management
Explanation: Memory management is the OS function that allocates memory to programs when needed and frees it when they finish. It keeps track of which parts of memory are in use. This prevents conflicts between programs.
Q4. The OS function that controls input and output devices is called:
(A) Device (I/O) management
(B) Memory management
(C) File management
(D) Process scheduling
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Device (I/O) management
Explanation: Device or input/output management is the OS function that controls and coordinates all peripheral devices. It uses device drivers to communicate with hardware. It ensures smooth data transfer to and from devices.
Q5. Creating, deleting, and organising files and folders is part of which OS function?
(A) File management
(B) Process management
(C) Memory management
(D) Network management
Show Answer
Answer: (A) File management
Explanation: File management is the OS function that handles the creation, deletion, storage, and organisation of files and folders. It maintains the directory structure. It also controls access permissions to files.
Q6. The OS provides a layer that hides hardware complexity from the user. This concept is called:
(A) Spooling
(B) Abstraction
(C) Fragmentation
(D) Compression
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Abstraction
Explanation: Abstraction is the OS feature that hides complex hardware details and presents a simple interface to the user. The user can perform tasks without knowing the underlying hardware operations. This makes computers easier to use.
Q7. The technique of holding output (like print jobs) in a queue until a device is ready is called:
(A) Spooling
(B) Booting
(C) Paging
(D) Caching
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Spooling
Explanation: Spooling (Simultaneous Peripheral Operations On-Line) stores data in a buffer or queue until a slower device, such as a printer, is ready to process it. This allows the CPU to continue other work. It is commonly used for printing.
Q8. Ensuring that one user's data is protected from unauthorised access is which OS function?
(A) Memory management
(B) Security and protection
(C) File management
(D) Spooling
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Security and protection
Explanation: Security and protection is the OS function that guards system resources and user data against unauthorised access. It uses passwords, permissions, and authentication. This keeps data safe in multi-user systems.
Q9. The process of starting up a computer and loading the operating system is called:
(A) Booting
(B) Spooling
(C) Paging
(D) Formatting
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Booting
Explanation: Booting is the process of starting a computer and loading the operating system into main memory. It begins when the power is turned on. The BIOS and boot loader are involved in this process.
Q10. Restarting a computer that is already on is called a:
(A) Cold boot
(B) Warm boot
(C) Hot boot
(D) Hard reset
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Warm boot
Explanation: A warm boot is restarting a computer that is already running, without turning the power fully off. A cold boot, in contrast, starts the computer from a completely powered-off state. Warm boots are usually faster.
Q11. Dividing memory into fixed-size blocks for management is known as:
(A) Paging
(B) Spooling
(C) Booting
(D) Caching
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Paging
Explanation: Paging is a memory management technique that divides memory into fixed-size blocks called pages. It allows the system to use memory efficiently and supports virtual memory. Pages are swapped between RAM and disk as needed.
Q12. A situation where two processes wait endlessly for each other's resources is called:
(A) Deadlock
(B) Spooling
(C) Booting
(D) Multitasking
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Deadlock
Explanation: A deadlock occurs when two or more processes are each waiting for resources held by the other, so none can proceed. The OS must detect and resolve such situations. It can halt the system if unmanaged.
Q13. The OS function that keeps track of all running programs is called:
(A) Process management
(B) Memory management
(C) File management
(D) Device management
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Process management
Explanation: Process management is the OS function that creates, schedules, and terminates processes (running programs). It keeps track of each process's status. It ensures processes run smoothly and share the CPU fairly.
Q14. The OS acts as a resource manager mainly to:
(A) Slow down the computer
(B) Allocate resources efficiently among programs
(C) Delete files automatically
(D) Increase screen size
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Allocate resources efficiently among programs
Explanation: As a resource manager, the OS allocates the CPU, memory, and devices efficiently among competing programs. It ensures fair sharing and prevents conflicts. This maximises overall system performance.
Q15. Which feature allows several users to use one computer system at the same time?
(A) Single-tasking
(B) Multi-user capability
(C) Cold booting
(D) Spooling
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Multi-user capability
Explanation: Multi-user capability allows multiple users to access and use a single computer system simultaneously. The OS manages each user's session and resources separately. This is common in servers and mainframes.
Q16. Error detection and handling by the OS means it:
(A) Creates new errors
(B) Detects and responds to system and program errors
(C) Ignores all errors
(D) Deletes user files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Detects and responds to system and program errors
Explanation: The OS continuously monitors the system to detect errors in hardware and software and responds appropriately. It may display messages or take corrective action. This keeps the system stable and reliable.
Q17. The part of the OS that always stays in main memory and forms its core is called the:
(A) Shell
(B) Kernel
(C) Driver
(D) Spooler
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Kernel
Explanation: The kernel is the central core of the operating system that always remains in main memory. It manages the most critical functions like CPU, memory, and device control. It is the heart of the OS.
Q18. The part of the OS that acts as an interface between the user and the kernel is the:
(A) Shell
(B) Driver
(C) Buffer
(D) Spooler
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Shell
Explanation: The shell is the part of the OS that takes user commands and passes them to the kernel for execution. It can be a command-line or graphical interface. It acts as a bridge between the user and the kernel.
Q19. Job scheduling in an OS is mainly concerned with:
(A) Selecting which jobs enter the system for processing
(B) Editing documents
(C) Printing pages
(D) Cleaning the disk
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Selecting which jobs enter the system for processing
Explanation: Job scheduling decides which jobs are admitted into the system and in what order they are processed. It manages the queue of waiting jobs. It works alongside process scheduling for efficiency.
Q20. Which OS function helps in coordinating between software and hardware?
(A) Coordination/control function
(B) Photo editing
(C) Web hosting
(D) Video recording
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Coordination/control function
Explanation: The coordination function of the OS ensures that software and hardware work together smoothly. It controls the timing and interaction of components. This prevents conflicts and ensures correct operation.
Q21. Virtual memory management is handled by the OS to:
(A) Increase monitor brightness
(B) Extend usable memory using disk space
(C) Delete files
(D) Speed up the printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Extend usable memory using disk space
Explanation: The OS manages virtual memory by using part of the disk as an extension of RAM. This lets the system run programs larger than the physical memory. It swaps data between RAM and disk as required.
Q22. Accounting or resource usage tracking by the OS is used to:
(A) Slow the CPU
(B) Keep records of resource usage by users/programs
(C) Edit videos
(D) Increase RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Keep records of resource usage by users/programs
Explanation: The OS keeps track of how much CPU time, memory, and other resources each user or program uses. This accounting helps in billing and performance analysis. It is important in shared systems.
Q23. The OS controls access to shared resources to prevent:
(A) Fast processing
(B) Conflicts between programs
(C) File creation
(D) Booting
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Conflicts between programs
Explanation: By controlling access to shared resources, the OS prevents two programs from interfering with each other. It manages how resources are shared safely. This avoids conflicts and data corruption.
Q24. Which is NOT a function of the operating system?
(A) Memory management
(B) Process management
(C) Designing the keyboard hardware
(D) File management
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Designing the keyboard hardware
Explanation: Designing keyboard hardware is a manufacturing task, not a function of the operating system. Memory, process, and file management are all OS functions. The OS manages hardware but does not build it.
Q25. The booting instructions that start the OS loading are first executed from:
(A) RAM
(B) ROM (BIOS firmware)
(C) Hard disk only
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ROM (BIOS firmware)
Explanation: When a computer is switched on, the initial booting instructions are executed from the ROM, which holds the BIOS firmware. The BIOS then loads the OS from the disk. ROM is used because it is non-volatile.
Sub-Topic 2: Types of Operating System (25 MCQs)
Q26. An operating system that allows only one user to work at a time is called:
(A) Multi-user OS
(B) Single-user OS
(C) Network OS
(D) Distributed OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Single-user OS
Explanation: A single-user operating system is designed to be used by only one user at a time. Most personal computers use this type. MS-DOS and standard Windows desktops are examples.
Q27. An OS that processes similar jobs grouped together without user interaction is a:
(A) Real-time OS
(B) Batch operating system
(C) Time-sharing OS
(D) Network OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Batch operating system
Explanation: A batch operating system groups similar jobs into batches and processes them one after another without direct user interaction. Jobs are collected and run together. It was common in early mainframe computing.
Q28. An OS that allows many users to share the CPU by giving each a small time slice is a:
(A) Batch OS
(B) Time-sharing OS
(C) Single-user OS
(D) Embedded OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Time-sharing OS
Explanation: A time-sharing operating system gives each user a small slice of CPU time in rapid rotation. This creates the impression that all users are served simultaneously. It improves resource utilisation and response time.
Q29. An operating system that responds to inputs instantly within strict time limits is a:
(A) Batch OS
(B) Real-time OS (RTOS)
(C) Distributed OS
(D) Single-user OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Real-time OS (RTOS)
Explanation: A real-time operating system (RTOS) processes data and responds within strict, guaranteed time limits. It is used where timing is critical, such as in medical devices and missile systems. Delays are not acceptable.
Q30. An OS that manages a group of independent computers and makes them appear as one is a:
(A) Single-user OS
(B) Distributed OS
(C) Batch OS
(D) Embedded OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Distributed OS
Explanation: A distributed operating system manages a collection of separate computers and presents them to users as a single system. It shares resources across the network. This improves performance and reliability.
Q31. An operating system designed to manage and coordinate computers on a network is a:
(A) Network OS
(B) Batch OS
(C) Embedded OS
(D) Real-time OS
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Network OS
Explanation: A network operating system manages network resources and allows computers to communicate and share files and printers. It controls user access across the network. Examples include Windows Server and Novell NetWare.
Q32. A small OS built into appliances like washing machines and microwaves is an:
(A) Embedded OS
(B) Network OS
(C) Distributed OS
(D) Batch OS
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Embedded OS
Explanation: An embedded operating system is a compact OS built into specific devices to perform dedicated tasks. It is found in appliances, cars, and smart gadgets. It is designed to be efficient and reliable.
Q33. Which of the following is a mobile operating system?
(A) Windows 10
(B) Android
(C) MS-DOS
(D) Linux Server
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Android
Explanation: Android is a mobile operating system developed by Google and based on the Linux kernel. It powers most smartphones and tablets worldwide. Windows 10 and MS-DOS are desktop operating systems.
Q34. The Android operating system is based on which kernel?
(A) Windows kernel
(B) Linux kernel
(C) MS-DOS kernel
(D) Mac kernel
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Linux kernel
Explanation: Android is built on the Linux kernel, which handles its core system functions. Google developed Android on top of this open source base. This makes Android both powerful and customisable.
Q35. iOS is the operating system developed by:
(A) Google
(B) Microsoft
(C) Apple
(D) IBM
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Apple
Explanation: iOS is the mobile operating system developed by Apple for its iPhones and iPads. It is known for its smooth performance and security. Android, in contrast, is developed by Google.
Q36. MS-DOS used which type of user interface?
(A) Graphical User Interface (GUI)
(B) Command Line Interface (CLI)
(C) Touch interface
(D) Voice interface
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Command Line Interface (CLI)
Explanation: MS-DOS used a Command Line Interface (CLI), where users typed text commands to operate the computer. There were no icons or windows. Modern systems mostly use graphical interfaces instead.
Q37. An interface that uses icons, windows, and a mouse is called a:
(A) CLI
(B) GUI (Graphical User Interface)
(C) RTOS
(D) BIOS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) GUI (Graphical User Interface)
Explanation: A Graphical User Interface (GUI) lets users interact with the computer using icons, windows, menus, and a mouse. It is more user-friendly than typing commands. Windows and macOS are GUI-based.
Q38. UNIX is best described as a:
(A) Single-user, single-tasking OS
(B) Multi-user, multitasking OS
(C) Mobile-only OS
(D) Game console OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Multi-user, multitasking OS
Explanation: UNIX is a powerful multi-user, multitasking operating system widely used in servers and workstations. It supports many users and processes at once. Linux was inspired by UNIX.
Q39. Which operating system is open source and freely modifiable?
(A) Windows
(B) macOS
(C) Linux
(D) iOS
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Linux
Explanation: Linux is an open source operating system whose source code is freely available for anyone to use and modify. It is widely used in servers and supercomputers. Windows and macOS are proprietary.
Q40. macOS is the operating system developed by:
(A) Microsoft
(B) Apple
(C) Google
(D) Linux Foundation
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Apple
Explanation: macOS is the desktop operating system developed by Apple for its Mac computers. It is known for its design and integration with Apple devices. Microsoft develops Windows, not macOS.
Q41. A single-tasking operating system can run:
(A) Many programs at once
(B) Only one program at a time
(C) No programs
(D) Only games
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Only one program at a time
Explanation: A single-tasking operating system can execute only one program at a time. The user must finish or close one program before starting another. MS-DOS is an example of a single-tasking OS.
Q42. Which type of OS is most suitable for controlling industrial robots and medical equipment?
(A) Batch OS
(B) Real-time OS
(C) Time-sharing OS
(D) Single-user OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Real-time OS
Explanation: A real-time operating system is best for controlling robots and medical equipment because it responds within strict time limits. Timely responses are critical in these applications. Any delay could cause failure.
Q43. Which of the following is NOT an operating system?
(A) Windows
(B) Linux
(C) Oracle
(D) Android
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Oracle
Explanation: Oracle is a database management system, not an operating system. Windows, Linux, and Android are all operating systems. Recognising the difference is commonly tested.
Q44. A multitasking operating system allows:
(A) Only one task at a time
(B) Multiple tasks to run seemingly at the same time
(C) No tasks at all
(D) Only printing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Multiple tasks to run seemingly at the same time
Explanation: A multitasking operating system allows several tasks or programs to run at the same time by quickly switching between them. The CPU handles them in rapid succession. Modern operating systems are multitasking.
Q45. Which OS family includes versions like Ubuntu, Fedora, and Debian?
(A) Windows
(B) Linux
(C) macOS
(D) iOS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Linux
Explanation: Ubuntu, Fedora, and Debian are popular distributions (versions) of the Linux operating system. They are built on the Linux kernel. Each distribution offers different features for users.
Q46. In a real-time OS, the most important requirement is:
(A) Large storage
(B) Meeting strict timing deadlines
(C) Colorful graphics
(D) Many user accounts
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Meeting strict timing deadlines
Explanation: In a real-time operating system, meeting strict timing deadlines is the most critical requirement. The system must respond within a guaranteed time. Failure to do so can have serious consequences.
Q47. A 'hard real-time system' is one in which:
(A) Deadlines can be missed without harm
(B) Missing a deadline can cause serious failure
(C) There is no time limit
(D) Only one user is allowed
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Missing a deadline can cause serious failure
Explanation: In a hard real-time system, missing a deadline can lead to catastrophic failure, so deadlines must always be met. Examples include pacemakers and aircraft control. Soft real-time systems are more flexible.
Q48. Which mobile OS holds the largest global market share?
(A) iOS
(B) Android
(C) Windows Phone
(D) BlackBerry OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Android
Explanation: Android holds the largest share of the global mobile operating system market. It runs on a wide range of devices from many manufacturers. iOS is the second most popular mobile OS.
Q49. A 'multiprocessing' operating system is one that:
(A) Uses only one CPU
(B) Uses two or more CPUs/cores together
(C) Cannot run programs
(D) Is only for mobiles
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Uses two or more CPUs/cores together
Explanation: A multiprocessing operating system uses two or more processors or cores working together to execute tasks. This increases speed and reliability. The OS coordinates the work among the processors.
Q50. Which of the following is a desktop operating system?
(A) Android
(B) iOS
(C) Windows 11
(D) Wear OS
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Windows 11
Explanation: Windows 11 is a desktop operating system developed by Microsoft for personal computers. Android, iOS, and Wear OS are designed for mobile and wearable devices. Desktop and mobile OSs serve different devices.
Sub-Topic 3: MS Windows Basics, Versions & Shortcuts (30 MCQs)
Q51. Microsoft Windows is developed by:
(A) Apple
(B) Microsoft
(C) Google
(D) IBM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Microsoft
Explanation: Microsoft Windows is a family of operating systems developed by Microsoft Corporation. It is the most widely used desktop OS in the world. It uses a graphical user interface.
Q52. The keyboard shortcut to copy selected text or files is:
(A) Ctrl plus V
(B) Ctrl plus C
(C) Ctrl plus X
(D) Ctrl plus Z
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus C
Explanation: Ctrl plus C is the shortcut to copy the selected item to the clipboard. The copied item can then be pasted elsewhere. Ctrl plus V is used to paste it.
Q53. The keyboard shortcut to paste copied content is:
(A) Ctrl plus C
(B) Ctrl plus V
(C) Ctrl plus X
(D) Ctrl plus A
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus V
Explanation: Ctrl plus V pastes the content currently stored on the clipboard into the chosen location. It is used after copying or cutting an item. This is one of the most used Windows shortcuts.
Q54. The keyboard shortcut to cut selected content is:
(A) Ctrl plus C
(B) Ctrl plus X
(C) Ctrl plus V
(D) Ctrl plus P
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus X
Explanation: Ctrl plus X cuts the selected item, removing it from its location and placing it on the clipboard. It can then be pasted elsewhere with Ctrl plus V. Cutting moves rather than copies the item.
Q55. The keyboard shortcut to undo the last action is:
(A) Ctrl plus Y
(B) Ctrl plus Z
(C) Ctrl plus U
(D) Ctrl plus A
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus Z
Explanation: Ctrl plus Z reverses or undoes the most recent action performed. It is very useful for correcting mistakes. Ctrl plus Y redoes the undone action.
Q56. The keyboard shortcut to redo an action is:
(A) Ctrl plus Z
(B) Ctrl plus Y
(C) Ctrl plus R
(D) Ctrl plus D
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus Y
Explanation: Ctrl plus Y redoes an action that was previously undone with Ctrl plus Z. It restores the change that was reversed. Together they help in editing efficiently.
Q57. The keyboard shortcut to select all items in a document or window is:
(A) Ctrl plus A
(B) Ctrl plus S
(C) Ctrl plus F
(D) Ctrl plus P
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus A
Explanation: Ctrl plus A selects all the text, files, or items in the current document or window. It is useful for applying actions to everything at once. It saves time over manual selection.
Q58. The keyboard shortcut to save a document is:
(A) Ctrl plus P
(B) Ctrl plus S
(C) Ctrl plus O
(D) Ctrl plus N
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus S
Explanation: Ctrl plus S saves the current document or file. It is good practice to save work frequently to avoid data loss. Ctrl plus O, by contrast, opens a file.
Q59. The keyboard shortcut to print a document is:
(A) Ctrl plus S
(B) Ctrl plus P
(C) Ctrl plus F
(D) Ctrl plus D
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus P
Explanation: Ctrl plus P opens the print dialog box to print the current document. From there, the user can choose printer settings. It is a standard shortcut across most applications.
Q60. The keyboard shortcut to find text within a document is:
(A) Ctrl plus F
(B) Ctrl plus H
(C) Ctrl plus G
(D) Ctrl plus B
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus F
Explanation: Ctrl plus F opens the find tool to search for specific text within a document or page. It quickly locates words or phrases. Ctrl plus H is often used for find and replace.
Q61. The shortcut to switch between open applications/windows is:
(A) Alt plus Tab
(B) Ctrl plus Tab
(C) Alt plus F4
(D) Win plus L
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Alt plus Tab
Explanation: Alt plus Tab lets the user switch quickly between open applications and windows. Holding Alt and pressing Tab cycles through them. It is one of the most useful navigation shortcuts.
Q62. The shortcut to close the currently active window or program is:
(A) Alt plus Tab
(B) Alt plus F4
(C) Ctrl plus W
(D) Win plus D
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Alt plus F4
Explanation: Alt plus F4 closes the currently active window or application. If used on the desktop, it can open the shutdown dialog. It is the standard close-window shortcut.
Q63. The shortcut to show the desktop by minimising all windows is:
(A) Win plus D
(B) Win plus E
(C) Win plus L
(D) Win plus R
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Win plus D
Explanation: Windows key plus D instantly minimises all open windows and shows the desktop. Pressing it again restores the windows. It is handy for quickly accessing desktop icons.
Q64. The shortcut to lock the computer is:
(A) Win plus D
(B) Win plus L
(C) Win plus E
(D) Win plus R
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Win plus L
Explanation: Windows key plus L locks the computer immediately, requiring a password to log back in. It protects the system when stepping away. It is an important security shortcut.
Q65. The shortcut to open File Explorer (My Computer) in Windows is:
(A) Win plus E
(B) Win plus D
(C) Win plus R
(D) Win plus L
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Win plus E
Explanation: Windows key plus E opens the File Explorer window, where users can browse files and folders. It provides quick access to drives and documents. It is a frequently used Windows shortcut.
Q66. The shortcut to open the Run dialog box is:
(A) Win plus R
(B) Win plus E
(C) Win plus D
(D) Win plus L
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Win plus R
Explanation: Windows key plus R opens the Run dialog box, where users can type commands to open programs quickly. For example, typing cmd opens Command Prompt. It is useful for advanced users.
Q67. The function key commonly used to rename a selected file in Windows is:
(A) F1
(B) F2
(C) F5
(D) F12
Show Answer
Answer: (B) F2
Explanation: Pressing F2 allows the user to rename the currently selected file or folder. The name becomes editable immediately. It is a quick alternative to right-clicking and choosing rename.
Q68. The function key used to refresh the current window or webpage is:
(A) F2
(B) F5
(C) F1
(D) F10
Show Answer
Answer: (B) F5
Explanation: F5 refreshes the active window, webpage, or desktop to update its contents. It reloads the latest information. It is commonly used in browsers and File Explorer.
Q69. The function key generally used to open the Help feature is:
(A) F1
(B) F5
(C) F12
(D) F2
Show Answer
Answer: (A) F1
Explanation: F1 is the standard key to open the Help feature in most Windows programs. It provides guidance and support information. This convention is followed across many applications.
Q70. The key combination to open the Task Manager (security options) is:
(A) Ctrl plus Alt plus Del
(B) Ctrl plus Shift plus T
(C) Alt plus F4
(D) Win plus L
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus Alt plus Del
Explanation: Ctrl plus Alt plus Del opens a screen with options including Task Manager, used to manage running programs. It is especially useful when a program is not responding. It can also be used to lock or sign out.
Q71. Permanently deleting a file without sending it to the Recycle Bin is done by:
(A) Delete
(B) Shift plus Delete
(C) Ctrl plus Delete
(D) Alt plus Delete
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Shift plus Delete
Explanation: Shift plus Delete permanently deletes a file, bypassing the Recycle Bin. The file cannot be easily restored afterwards. A normal Delete, by contrast, sends files to the Recycle Bin.
Q72. In Windows, the area at the bottom of the screen showing open programs and the Start button is the:
(A) Desktop
(B) Taskbar
(C) Title bar
(D) Menu bar
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Taskbar
Explanation: The taskbar is the horizontal bar usually at the bottom of the Windows screen. It shows the Start button, open programs, and the system tray. It helps users switch between and launch applications.
Q73. The first screen that appears after Windows starts, holding icons, is called the:
(A) Taskbar
(B) Desktop
(C) Recycle Bin
(D) Control Panel
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Desktop
Explanation: The desktop is the main screen displayed after Windows loads, holding icons, shortcuts, and the wallpaper. It is the user's primary working area. Programs and files can be accessed from here.
Q74. The Recycle Bin in Windows is used to:
(A) Permanently erase files
(B) Temporarily hold deleted files for possible recovery
(C) Store new programs
(D) Speed up the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Temporarily hold deleted files for possible recovery
Explanation: The Recycle Bin temporarily stores files that have been deleted, allowing them to be restored if needed. Files remain there until the bin is emptied. This protects against accidental deletion.
Q75. The 'Control Panel' in Windows is mainly used to:
(A) Play games
(B) Change and manage system settings
(C) Edit photos
(D) Browse the web
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Change and manage system settings
Explanation: The Control Panel is a Windows feature used to view and change system settings such as hardware, user accounts, and network options. It centralises configuration tasks. Newer Windows versions also use the Settings app.
Q76. Which of these is a version of Microsoft Windows?
(A) Ubuntu
(B) Windows 11
(C) Fedora
(D) macOS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Windows 11
Explanation: Windows 11 is a version of the Microsoft Windows operating system. Ubuntu and Fedora are Linux distributions, and macOS is by Apple. Windows versions include 7, 8, 10, and 11.
Q77. Which Windows version came immediately after Windows 8?
(A) Windows 7
(B) Windows 9
(C) Windows 10
(D) Windows XP
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Windows 10
Explanation: Microsoft released Windows 10 after Windows 8, skipping the Windows 9 name entirely. Windows 10 introduced many new features and a return of the Start menu. Windows 11 came later.
Q78. The small picture that represents a program or file on the desktop is called an:
(A) Icon
(B) Cursor
(C) Pixel
(D) Folder
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Icon
Explanation: An icon is a small graphical image that represents a program, file, or folder. Clicking or double-clicking it opens the related item. Icons make navigation visual and easy.
Q79. The shortcut to take a screenshot of the entire screen uses which key?
(A) Print Screen (PrtSc)
(B) Scroll Lock
(C) Num Lock
(D) Caps Lock
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Print Screen (PrtSc)
Explanation: The Print Screen (PrtSc) key captures an image of the entire screen and copies it to the clipboard. It can then be pasted into an application. Win plus PrtSc saves it directly as a file.
Q80. The blinking vertical line that shows where text will appear is the:
(A) Icon
(B) Cursor
(C) Pointer
(D) Scroll bar
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Cursor
Explanation: The cursor is the blinking vertical line that indicates where the next typed character will appear. It marks the current text insertion point. The mouse pointer is different and shows mouse position.
Sub-Topic 4: File Management & Directories (20 MCQs)
Q81. A collection of related data stored under a single name on a computer is called a:
(A) Folder
(B) File
(C) Drive
(D) Icon
Show Answer
Answer: (B) File
Explanation: A file is a named collection of related data or information stored on a computer. It can contain text, images, audio, or programs. Files are the basic units of data storage.
Q82. A container used to organise and group related files is called a:
(A) File
(B) Folder (directory)
(C) Pixel
(D) Cursor
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Folder (directory)
Explanation: A folder, also called a directory, is a container that holds and organises related files and other folders. It helps keep data structured and easy to find. Folders can contain subfolders.
Q83. The part of a file name after the dot that indicates its type is called the:
(A) File path
(B) File extension
(C) File size
(D) File icon
Show Answer
Answer: (B) File extension
Explanation: A file extension is the part of a file name after the dot that indicates the file type and the program used to open it. For example, docx indicates a Word document. It helps the OS handle the file correctly.
Q84. Which file extension is associated with a Microsoft Word document?
(A) .xlsx
(B) .docx
(C) .pptx
(D) .mp3
Show Answer
Answer: (B) .docx
Explanation: The .docx extension is used for Microsoft Word documents. The .xlsx extension is for Excel, .pptx for PowerPoint, and .mp3 for audio. Extensions identify the file type.
Q85. Which file extension generally indicates an image file?
(A) .jpg
(B) .docx
(C) .exe
(D) .txt
Show Answer
Answer: (A) .jpg
Explanation: The .jpg extension indicates a compressed image file. Other image extensions include .png and .gif. The .docx is a document, .exe a program, and .txt a plain text file.
Q86. Which file extension indicates an executable program file in Windows?
(A) .txt
(B) .exe
(C) .jpg
(D) .mp4
Show Answer
Answer: (B) .exe
Explanation: The .exe extension indicates an executable file that runs a program when opened in Windows. Double-clicking it launches the program. Other extensions like .txt and .jpg are not directly executable.
Q87. The complete address that specifies the exact location of a file is called the:
(A) File path
(B) File extension
(C) File icon
(D) File size
Show Answer
Answer: (A) File path
Explanation: A file path is the complete address that shows the exact location of a file within the directory structure. It includes the drive, folders, and file name. For example, C drive Users Documents file.docx.
Q88. The topmost directory in a file system, from which all others branch, is the:
(A) Subdirectory
(B) Root directory
(C) Recycle Bin
(D) Taskbar
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Root directory
Explanation: The root directory is the top-level directory in a file system, and all other folders branch from it. In Windows, the C drive's root is often represented as C colon backslash. It is the starting point of the directory tree.
Q89. A folder created inside another folder is called a:
(A) Root directory
(B) Subdirectory (subfolder)
(C) Drive
(D) File extension
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Subdirectory (subfolder)
Explanation: A subdirectory, or subfolder, is a folder located inside another folder. It helps further organise files into a hierarchy. This creates a tree-like directory structure.
Q90. The structure in which folders contain subfolders forming a tree is called a:
(A) Flat structure
(B) Hierarchical file structure
(C) Linear structure
(D) Circular structure
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hierarchical file structure
Explanation: A hierarchical file structure organises files and folders in a tree-like arrangement with a root, branches, and leaves. Each folder can contain subfolders and files. This makes data easy to organise and locate.
Q91. Renaming a file changes its:
(A) Content
(B) Name only
(C) File size
(D) Location
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Name only
Explanation: Renaming a file changes only its name, while its content, size, and location remain the same. It helps in better identification and organisation. The data inside is unaffected.
Q92. Moving a file from one folder to another:
(A) Creates two copies
(B) Changes its location but keeps one copy
(C) Deletes it permanently
(D) Changes its content
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Changes its location but keeps one copy
Explanation: Moving a file changes its location by transferring it from one folder to another, keeping only one copy. Copying, in contrast, creates a duplicate. The original is removed from the source when moving.
Q93. Copying a file results in:
(A) One copy in a new location
(B) Two identical copies of the file
(C) Deletion of the original
(D) A renamed file
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Two identical copies of the file
Explanation: Copying a file creates a duplicate, leaving the original in place and adding an identical copy elsewhere. This results in two copies of the file. Moving, by contrast, keeps only one copy.
Q94. Which of the following is NOT a valid character in a Windows file name?
(A) Underscore (_)
(B) Hyphen (-)
(C) Backslash (\)
(D) Number (5)
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Backslash (\)
Explanation: The backslash is not allowed in Windows file names because it is used to separate folders in a path. Characters like underscores, hyphens, and numbers are allowed. Other reserved characters include colon, asterisk, question mark, and pipe.
Q95. Information about a file such as its size, type, and date is known as:
(A) File extension
(B) File properties (metadata)
(C) File path
(D) File icon
Show Answer
Answer: (B) File properties (metadata)
Explanation: File properties, also called metadata, include details such as the file's size, type, creation date, and location. They describe the file without being part of its main content. This information helps in managing files.
Q96. Which file extension indicates a plain text file?
(A) .txt
(B) .exe
(C) .jpg
(D) .mp4
Show Answer
Answer: (A) .txt
Explanation: The .txt extension indicates a plain text file containing unformatted text. It can be opened in simple editors like Notepad. It does not contain images or special formatting.
Q97. Formatting a disk or drive will:
(A) Add new files
(B) Erase all existing data and prepare it for use
(C) Increase its size
(D) Rename it only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Erase all existing data and prepare it for use
Explanation: Formatting a disk erases all existing data and prepares the storage for fresh use by setting up a file system. It should be done carefully as data is lost. It is often used to clean or set up a drive.
Q98. Read-only file attribute means the file:
(A) Can be edited freely
(B) Can be opened/read but not modified
(C) Cannot be opened
(D) Is automatically deleted
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Can be opened/read but not modified
Explanation: A read-only attribute allows a file to be opened and viewed but prevents it from being changed or overwritten. This protects important files from accidental edits. The attribute can be removed if editing is needed.
Q99. A 'hidden' file attribute means the file is:
(A) Deleted permanently
(B) Not normally displayed in the folder view
(C) Larger in size
(D) Locked forever
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Not normally displayed in the folder view
Explanation: A hidden file attribute keeps the file from appearing in the normal folder view. It still exists and can be shown by changing folder options. This is often used for system files.
Q100. Which Windows tool is used to browse, open, and manage files and folders?
(A) Control Panel
(B) File Explorer
(C) Task Manager
(D) Disk Cleanup
Show Answer
Answer: (B) File Explorer
Explanation: File Explorer is the Windows tool used to browse, open, copy, move, and manage files and folders. It displays the directory structure and drives. It is the main file management interface in Windows.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 6: Microsoft Office Suite
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: MS Word (30 MCQs)
Q1. MS Word is primarily used as a:
(A) Spreadsheet program
(B) Word processing program
(C) Database program
(D) Presentation program
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Word processing program
Explanation: MS Word is a word processing application used to create, edit, and format text documents. It offers tools for fonts, paragraphs, and page layout. It is part of the Microsoft Office suite.
Q2. The default file extension for documents in modern MS Word is:
(A) .xlsx
(B) .docx
(C) .pptx
(D) .mdb
Show Answer
Answer: (B) .docx
Explanation: Modern versions of MS Word save documents with the .docx extension. Older versions used .doc. The extension helps identify the file as a Word document.
Q3. The keyboard shortcut to make selected text bold in MS Word is:
(A) Ctrl plus B
(B) Ctrl plus I
(C) Ctrl plus U
(D) Ctrl plus E
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus B
Explanation: Ctrl plus B applies bold formatting to the selected text, making it darker and thicker. Pressing it again removes the bold effect. It is a common text-formatting shortcut.
Q4. The keyboard shortcut to italicise selected text is:
(A) Ctrl plus B
(B) Ctrl plus I
(C) Ctrl plus U
(D) Ctrl plus J
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus I
Explanation: Ctrl plus I applies italic formatting, slanting the selected text. It is used for emphasis or titles. Pressing it again turns italics off.
Q5. The keyboard shortcut to underline selected text is:
(A) Ctrl plus U
(B) Ctrl plus B
(C) Ctrl plus I
(D) Ctrl plus L
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus U
Explanation: Ctrl plus U adds an underline beneath the selected text. It is often used to highlight headings or important words. Pressing it again removes the underline.
Q6. The shortcut to center-align a paragraph in MS Word is:
(A) Ctrl plus L
(B) Ctrl plus E
(C) Ctrl plus R
(D) Ctrl plus J
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus E
Explanation: Ctrl plus E centers the selected paragraph between the left and right margins. Ctrl plus L aligns it left, Ctrl plus R right, and Ctrl plus J justifies it. These control text alignment.
Q7. The feature used to create multiple personalised letters from a single template and a data list is:
(A) Spell check
(B) Mail merge
(C) Track changes
(D) Word art
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mail merge
Explanation: Mail merge combines a main document with a data source to produce many personalised letters, labels, or emails. It is useful for mass mailing. Each output contains different recipient details.
Q8. The area at the top of a Word document that repeats on every page is called the:
(A) Footer
(B) Header
(C) Margin
(D) Ruler
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Header
Explanation: A header is the area at the top of each page where information like titles or page numbers appears. It repeats automatically on all pages. The footer is the matching area at the bottom.
Q9. The tool that checks and suggests corrections for spelling mistakes is:
(A) Mail merge
(B) Spell check
(C) Find and replace
(D) Thesaurus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Spell check
Explanation: Spell check scans the document for spelling errors and suggests corrections. Misspelled words are usually underlined in red. It helps improve the accuracy of documents.
Q10. The tool that suggests synonyms for a selected word is the:
(A) Spell checker
(B) Thesaurus
(C) Grammar checker
(D) Word count
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Thesaurus
Explanation: The thesaurus suggests alternative words (synonyms) with similar meanings to the selected word. It helps improve vocabulary and avoid repetition. It is found in the review or tools section.
Q11. In MS Word, the collection of tabs and command groups at the top is called the:
(A) Taskbar
(B) Ribbon
(C) Status bar
(D) Scroll bar
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ribbon
Explanation: The ribbon is the strip at the top of the Word window containing tabs like Home, Insert, and Layout. Each tab holds related command groups. It organises tools for easy access.
Q12. The feature 'Track Changes' in MS Word is used to:
(A) Delete the document
(B) Record edits made by reviewers
(C) Change the font
(D) Print the page
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Record edits made by reviewers
Explanation: Track Changes records all edits, such as insertions and deletions, made to a document. Reviewers' changes are highlighted and can be accepted or rejected. It is useful for collaborative editing.
Q13. The blank space between the text and the edge of the page is called the:
(A) Header
(B) Margin
(C) Indent
(D) Gutter
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Margin
Explanation: A margin is the blank space between the text and the edges of the page. It frames the content and improves readability. Margins can be adjusted for different document layouts.
Q14. The shortcut to insert a page break in MS Word is:
(A) Ctrl plus Enter
(B) Shift plus Enter
(C) Alt plus Enter
(D) Ctrl plus B
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus Enter
Explanation: Ctrl plus Enter inserts a page break, moving the text after the cursor to the start of a new page. It is used to begin a new section on a fresh page. Shift plus Enter, by contrast, inserts a line break.
Q15. The feature used to display decorative, stylised text in MS Word is:
(A) SmartArt
(B) WordArt
(C) Clip Art
(D) Hyperlink
Show Answer
Answer: (B) WordArt
Explanation: WordArt is a feature that creates decorative, stylised text with effects like shadows and curves. It is used for headings and eye-catching titles. It enhances the visual appeal of documents.
Q16. The first line of a paragraph being moved inward from the margin is called a/an:
(A) Indent
(B) Margin
(C) Tab
(D) Header
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Indent
Explanation: An indent is the space added between the margin and the start of a paragraph or line. A first-line indent moves only the first line inward. Indents help structure and format text.
Q17. The shortcut to create a new blank document in MS Word is:
(A) Ctrl plus N
(B) Ctrl plus O
(C) Ctrl plus S
(D) Ctrl plus P
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus N
Explanation: Ctrl plus N opens a new blank document in MS Word. Ctrl plus O opens an existing file. These shortcuts speed up document handling.
Q18. The feature that automatically corrects common typing errors as you type is:
(A) AutoCorrect
(B) AutoSum
(C) AutoFill
(D) AutoSave
Show Answer
Answer: (A) AutoCorrect
Explanation: AutoCorrect automatically fixes common spelling and typing mistakes while you type. For example, it changes teh to the. It can be customised or turned off.
Q19. A graphical way to show information using shapes like lists and cycles in Word is:
(A) WordArt
(B) SmartArt
(C) Macro
(D) Footnote
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SmartArt
Explanation: SmartArt allows users to create diagrams such as lists, processes, cycles, and hierarchies. It turns text into visual graphics. It is useful for presenting information clearly.
Q20. A note placed at the bottom of a page to give extra information is called a:
(A) Header
(B) Footnote
(C) Caption
(D) Bookmark
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Footnote
Explanation: A footnote is a note placed at the bottom of a page that provides additional information or references for text on that page. A small number links the text to its footnote. Endnotes are placed at the document's end.
Q21. The default orientation of a Word document page is:
(A) Landscape
(B) Portrait
(C) Square
(D) Diagonal
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Portrait
Explanation: The default page orientation in MS Word is portrait, where the page is taller than it is wide. Landscape orientation is wider than tall. Orientation can be changed in the layout tab.
Q22. The shortcut to open the Find and Replace dialog to replace text is:
(A) Ctrl plus F
(B) Ctrl plus H
(C) Ctrl plus R
(D) Ctrl plus G
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus H
Explanation: Ctrl plus H opens the Find and Replace dialog box, allowing users to search for text and replace it with new text. Ctrl plus F only finds text. Replace is useful for making bulk corrections.
Q23. The feature that shows the number of words in a document is:
(A) Spell check
(B) Word count
(C) AutoCorrect
(D) Thesaurus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Word count
Explanation: Word count displays the total number of words, characters, paragraphs, and pages in a document. It is found on the review tab or status bar. It is useful for meeting length requirements.
Q24. Bullets and numbering in MS Word are used to create:
(A) Tables
(B) Lists
(C) Charts
(D) Headers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Lists
Explanation: Bullets and numbering are used to create unordered and ordered lists respectively. Bullets use symbols, while numbering uses sequential numbers. They help organise items clearly.
Q25. A 'template' in MS Word is:
(A) A printed page
(B) A pre-designed document layout used as a starting point
(C) A type of font
(D) A spelling error
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A pre-designed document layout used as a starting point
Explanation: A template is a pre-formatted document that serves as a starting point for creating new documents. It includes ready layouts, fonts, and styles. Examples include resume and letter templates.
Q26. The shortcut to move the cursor to the beginning of the document is:
(A) Ctrl plus Home
(B) Ctrl plus End
(C) Home
(D) End
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ctrl plus Home
Explanation: Ctrl plus Home moves the cursor instantly to the very beginning of the document. Ctrl plus End moves it to the very end. These speed up navigation in long documents.
Q27. Changing the size of text in MS Word is done using the:
(A) Font size option
(B) Margin option
(C) Page break
(D) Header
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Font size option
Explanation: The font size option, usually shown in points, changes how large or small the text appears. It is located on the Home tab. Larger point values produce bigger text.
Q28. The 'Justify' alignment in MS Word makes the text:
(A) Aligned to the left only
(B) Aligned evenly on both left and right margins
(C) Centered only
(D) Aligned to the right only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Aligned evenly on both left and right margins
Explanation: Justify alignment spaces the text so that it lines up evenly along both the left and right margins. This gives a clean, block-like appearance. It is common in newspapers and formal documents.
Q29. A clickable link inserted in a Word document to a website or file is called a:
(A) Bookmark
(B) Hyperlink
(C) Footnote
(D) Caption
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hyperlink
Explanation: A hyperlink is a clickable link in a document that takes the user to a website, file, or another location. It is often shown in blue and underlined. It connects documents to web pages or other content.
Q30. The 'Print Preview' feature allows the user to:
(A) Edit the printer hardware
(B) See how the document will look when printed
(C) Delete pages
(D) Change the font only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) See how the document will look when printed
Explanation: Print Preview shows how a document will appear on paper before it is actually printed. It helps check layout, margins, and page breaks. This avoids wasting paper on incorrect prints.
Sub-Topic 2: MS Excel (35 MCQs)
Q31. MS Excel is mainly used for:
(A) Writing letters
(B) Creating spreadsheets and calculations
(C) Making presentations
(D) Sending emails
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Creating spreadsheets and calculations
Explanation: MS Excel is a spreadsheet application used to organise data in rows and columns and perform calculations. It supports formulas, functions, and charts. It is widely used for data analysis.
Q32. In Excel, the intersection of a row and a column is called a:
(A) Sheet
(B) Cell
(C) Range
(D) Tab
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Cell
Explanation: A cell is the box formed where a row and a column meet in a spreadsheet. It is the basic unit for entering data. Each cell has a unique address like A1.
Q33. The address of a cell in the first column and first row is:
(A) 1A
(B) A1
(C) AA
(D) 11
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A1
Explanation: The cell address A1 refers to the cell in column A and row 1. Column letters come first, followed by the row number. This addressing system identifies every cell uniquely.
Q34. Every formula in MS Excel must begin with which symbol?
(A) plus sign
(B) equals sign
(C) at sign
(D) hash sign
Show Answer
Answer: (B) equals sign
Explanation: Every formula in Excel begins with an equals sign, which tells Excel to perform a calculation. For example, a formula adds two cells. Without it, Excel treats the entry as text.
Q35. Which function is used to add a range of numbers in Excel?
(A) AVERAGE
(B) SUM
(C) COUNT
(D) MAX
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SUM
Explanation: The SUM function adds all the numbers in a specified range of cells. For example, SUM of A1 to A5 totals those cells. It is one of the most used Excel functions.
Q36. Which function calculates the average of a range of numbers?
(A) SUM
(B) AVERAGE
(C) COUNT
(D) MIN
Show Answer
Answer: (B) AVERAGE
Explanation: The AVERAGE function calculates the arithmetic mean of the numbers in a range. It gives their average. It divides the total by the count of values.
Q37. Which function counts the number of cells that contain numbers?
(A) SUM
(B) COUNT
(C) MAX
(D) IF
Show Answer
Answer: (B) COUNT
Explanation: The COUNT function counts how many cells in a range contain numeric values. It ignores empty and text cells. COUNTA counts non-empty cells including text.
Q38. Which function returns the highest value in a range?
(A) MIN
(B) MAX
(C) SUM
(D) AVERAGE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MAX
Explanation: The MAX function returns the largest number in a specified range of cells. MIN, in contrast, returns the smallest. They are commonly paired.
Q39. Which function returns the lowest value in a range?
(A) MAX
(B) MIN
(C) COUNT
(D) SUM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MIN
Explanation: The MIN function returns the smallest number in a given range. It is the opposite of the MAX function. Both are aggregate functions.
Q40. The IF function in Excel is used to:
(A) Add numbers
(B) Make logical decisions based on a condition
(C) Count cells
(D) Sort data
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Make logical decisions based on a condition
Explanation: The IF function tests a condition and returns one value if it is true and another if it is false. It is used for decision-making in spreadsheets. It is a very common logical function.
Q41. A cell reference that does NOT change when copied, written with dollar signs, is called:
(A) Relative reference
(B) Absolute reference
(C) Mixed reference
(D) Circular reference
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Absolute reference
Explanation: An absolute reference stays fixed when a formula is copied to other cells. The dollar signs lock the column and row. A relative reference, in contrast, changes when copied.
Q42. A cell reference that changes automatically when copied to another cell is a:
(A) Absolute reference
(B) Relative reference
(C) Fixed reference
(D) Locked reference
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Relative reference
Explanation: A relative reference adjusts automatically when a formula is copied to a new location. The references shift based on the new position. This is the default reference type in Excel.
Q43. A single page (tab) within an Excel file is called a:
(A) Workbook
(B) Worksheet
(C) Cell
(D) Range
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Worksheet
Explanation: A worksheet is a single spreadsheet page within an Excel file, made up of rows and columns. Multiple worksheets together form a workbook. Each worksheet appears as a tab at the bottom.
Q44. The entire Excel file containing one or more worksheets is called a:
(A) Workbook
(B) Worksheet
(C) Cell
(D) Document
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Workbook
Explanation: A workbook is the complete Excel file that can contain several worksheets. It is saved with the .xlsx extension. Each worksheet within it handles separate data.
Q45. A group of selected cells in Excel is called a:
(A) Cell
(B) Range
(C) Sheet
(D) Workbook
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Range
Explanation: A range is a group of two or more selected cells in a worksheet. It is written using a colon, such as A1 to B5. Ranges are used in formulas and formatting.
Q46. The default file extension for an MS Excel workbook is:
(A) .docx
(B) .xlsx
(C) .pptx
(D) .accdb
Show Answer
Answer: (B) .xlsx
Explanation: Modern MS Excel saves workbooks with the .xlsx extension. Older versions used .xls. The extension identifies the file as an Excel workbook.
Q47. The 'AutoSum' feature in Excel quickly inserts which function?
(A) IF
(B) SUM
(C) COUNT
(D) VLOOKUP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SUM
Explanation: AutoSum quickly inserts the SUM function to total a column or row of numbers. It saves time over typing the formula manually. It usually appears as a sigma symbol on the toolbar.
Q48. A visual representation of data such as a column or pie chart in Excel is called a:
(A) Table
(B) Chart
(C) Macro
(D) Filter
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Chart
Explanation: A chart is a graphical representation of data that makes trends and comparisons easier to understand. Excel offers types like column, line, and pie charts. Charts are created from selected data.
Q49. Which Excel feature is used to display only the rows that meet certain criteria?
(A) Sort
(B) Filter
(C) Merge
(D) Freeze
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Filter
Explanation: The filter feature shows only the rows that match selected criteria and hides the rest. It helps focus on specific data. The hidden rows are not deleted, only temporarily hidden.
Q50. Arranging data in ascending or descending order in Excel is called:
(A) Filtering
(B) Sorting
(C) Merging
(D) Formatting
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Sorting
Explanation: Sorting arranges data in a specified order, such as alphabetical or numerical, ascending or descending. It helps organise information for easier analysis. Filtering, by contrast, hides non-matching rows.
Q51. The VLOOKUP function in Excel is used to:
(A) Add numbers
(B) Look up data vertically in a table
(C) Count cells
(D) Format text
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Look up data vertically in a table
Explanation: VLOOKUP searches for a value in the first column of a table and returns a value from another column in the same row. It is used to find related data. The V stands for vertical lookup.
Q52. Combining several cells into one larger cell in Excel is called:
(A) Splitting
(B) Merging cells
(C) Filtering
(D) Sorting
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Merging cells
Explanation: Merging cells combines two or more adjacent cells into a single larger cell. It is often used for headings that span multiple columns. The merged cell uses the content of the upper-left cell.
Q53. In Excel, what does the hash symbols in a cell usually indicate?
(A) A formula error
(B) The column is too narrow to display the value
(C) A virus
(D) An empty cell
Show Answer
Answer: (B) The column is too narrow to display the value
Explanation: The hash symbols appear when a column is too narrow to display the full number or date. Widening the column fixes the display. The data is still correct, only the view is limited.
Q54. Which feature keeps the top rows or left columns visible while scrolling?
(A) Merge
(B) Freeze Panes
(C) Filter
(D) Wrap text
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Freeze Panes
Explanation: Freeze Panes keeps selected rows or columns visible while the rest of the sheet scrolls. It is useful for keeping headers in view in large tables. The frozen area stays fixed.
Q55. Which symbol is used for multiplication in an Excel formula?
(A) x
(B) asterisk
(C) capital X
(D) dot
Show Answer
Answer: (B) asterisk
Explanation: The asterisk is used as the multiplication operator in Excel formulas. The forward slash is used for division. These are the standard arithmetic operators.
Q56. The COUNTA function in Excel counts cells that are:
(A) Empty
(B) Not empty (contain any data)
(C) Only numbers
(D) Only formulas
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Not empty (contain any data)
Explanation: The COUNTA function counts all cells in a range that are not empty, including text and numbers. COUNT, by contrast, counts only numeric cells. COUNTA is useful for counting all entries.
Q57. A small recorded set of commands to automate repetitive tasks in Excel is called a:
(A) Macro
(B) Chart
(C) Filter
(D) Pivot
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Macro
Explanation: A macro is a recorded sequence of actions that automates repetitive tasks in Excel. It can be run with a single command. Macros save time on routine work.
Q58. A 'PivotTable' in Excel is used to:
(A) Print the sheet
(B) Summarise and analyse large amounts of data
(C) Change fonts
(D) Insert images
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Summarise and analyse large amounts of data
Explanation: A PivotTable summarises, groups, and analyses large datasets quickly. It allows users to rearrange and total data flexibly. It is a powerful tool for data analysis.
Q59. The result of the formula 5 plus 3 times 2 in Excel is:
(A) 16
(B) 11
(C) 13
(D) 10
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 11
Explanation: Excel follows the order of operations, so multiplication is done before addition. 3 times 2 equals 6, and 5 plus 6 equals 11. So the formula returns 11.
Q60. Which of the following is a valid Excel range reference?
(A) A1-B5
(B) A1:B5
(C) A1;B5
(D) A1.B5
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A1:B5
Explanation: A valid range reference uses a colon between the start and end cells, such as A1:B5. This represents all cells from A1 to B5. The colon defines the range.
Q61. Wrapping text in a cell means:
(A) Deleting the text
(B) Displaying long text on multiple lines within the cell
(C) Hiding the text
(D) Merging cells
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Displaying long text on multiple lines within the cell
Explanation: Wrap text displays long text on multiple lines inside the same cell instead of spilling over. It increases the row height to fit the content. This keeps all text visible within the cell.
Q62. The horizontal sets of cells in a worksheet are called:
(A) Columns
(B) Rows
(C) Ranges
(D) Sheets
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Rows
Explanation: Rows are the horizontal lines of cells in a worksheet, identified by numbers like 1, 2, and 3. Columns, in contrast, run vertically and are labelled with letters. Rows and columns together form the grid.
Q63. The vertical sets of cells in a worksheet are called:
(A) Rows
(B) Columns
(C) Cells
(D) Ranges
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Columns
Explanation: Columns are the vertical lines of cells in a worksheet, labelled with letters such as A, B, and C. Rows run horizontally and use numbers. Their intersection forms a cell.
Q64. The CONCATENATE function (or ampersand operator) in Excel is used to:
(A) Split text
(B) Join text from different cells into one
(C) Delete cells
(D) Count numbers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Join text from different cells into one
Explanation: The CONCATENATE function, or the ampersand operator, joins text from multiple cells into a single cell. It combines their contents. It is useful for merging names or addresses.
Q65. The feature 'AutoFill' in Excel is used to:
(A) Delete data
(B) Automatically fill cells with a series or pattern
(C) Print data
(D) Lock cells
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Automatically fill cells with a series or pattern
Explanation: AutoFill automatically completes a series or pattern, such as numbers, dates, or days, by dragging the fill handle. For example, typing 1 and 2 and dragging fills 3, 4, 5. It speeds up data entry.
Sub-Topic 3: MS PowerPoint (20 MCQs)
Q66. MS PowerPoint is mainly used to create:
(A) Spreadsheets
(B) Presentations
(C) Databases
(D) Letters
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Presentations
Explanation: MS PowerPoint is a presentation program used to create slide shows with text, images, and multimedia. It is widely used for lectures and business presentations. It is part of MS Office.
Q67. Each individual page in a PowerPoint presentation is called a:
(A) Sheet
(B) Slide
(C) Cell
(D) Frame
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Slide
Explanation: A slide is a single page in a PowerPoint presentation that can hold text, images, and other content. A presentation is made up of many slides. Slides are shown one at a time during a slide show.
Q68. The default file extension for a modern PowerPoint presentation is:
(A) .docx
(B) .xlsx
(C) .pptx
(D) .accdb
Show Answer
Answer: (C) .pptx
Explanation: Modern MS PowerPoint saves presentations with the .pptx extension. Older versions used .ppt. The extension identifies the file as a PowerPoint presentation.
Q69. The keyboard shortcut to start a slide show from the beginning is:
(A) F2
(B) F5
(C) F1
(D) F12
Show Answer
Answer: (B) F5
Explanation: Pressing F5 starts the slide show from the very first slide in PowerPoint. Shift plus F5 starts from the current slide. It lets the audience view the presentation full screen.
Q70. Visual effects applied when moving from one slide to the next are called:
(A) Animations
(B) Transitions
(C) Templates
(D) Layouts
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Transitions
Explanation: Transitions are the visual effects that occur when one slide changes to the next during a slide show. Examples include fade and wipe. They make the presentation flow smoothly.
Q71. Effects applied to text or objects within a single slide are called:
(A) Transitions
(B) Animations
(C) Themes
(D) Masters
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Animations
Explanation: Animations are effects applied to individual elements like text or images within a slide. They control how and when objects appear or move. Transitions, by contrast, apply between slides.
Q72. The pre-designed arrangement of placeholders on a slide is called the slide:
(A) Layout
(B) Transition
(C) Animation
(D) Theme
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Layout
Explanation: A slide layout is a pre-designed arrangement of placeholders for titles, text, and images. It determines where content appears on the slide. Common layouts include Title Slide and Title and Content.
Q73. A set of coordinated colours, fonts, and effects applied to a whole presentation is called a:
(A) Layout
(B) Theme
(C) Transition
(D) Macro
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Theme
Explanation: A theme is a coordinated set of colours, fonts, and visual effects applied to an entire presentation. It gives a consistent and professional look. Themes can be changed from the Design tab.
Q74. The view that shows all slides as small thumbnails for easy reordering is the:
(A) Normal view
(B) Slide Sorter view
(C) Reading view
(D) Outline view
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Slide Sorter view
Explanation: Slide Sorter view displays all slides as small thumbnails, making it easy to rearrange, add, or delete slides. It gives an overview of the whole presentation. It is useful for organising slide order.
Q75. Notes that the presenter can see but the audience cannot are added in the:
(A) Slide title
(B) Notes pane (Speaker notes)
(C) Footer
(D) Header
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Notes pane (Speaker notes)
Explanation: Speaker notes are added in the notes pane below the slide and are visible only to the presenter. They help the speaker remember key points. The audience does not see them during the show.
Q76. A 'Slide Master' is used to:
(A) Print slides
(B) Control the overall design and formatting of all slides
(C) Add animations
(D) Save the file
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Control the overall design and formatting of all slides
Explanation: The Slide Master controls the design, layout, and formatting of all slides at once. Changes made to it apply throughout the presentation. It ensures a consistent appearance.
Q77. To insert a new slide quickly in PowerPoint, the shortcut is:
(A) Ctrl plus N
(B) Ctrl plus M
(C) Ctrl plus S
(D) Ctrl plus P
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus M
Explanation: Ctrl plus M inserts a new slide in the presentation. It adds a slide after the currently selected one. This speeds up building a presentation.
Q78. During a slide show, pressing the 'Esc' key will:
(A) Add a slide
(B) End the slide show
(C) Print the slide
(D) Save the file
Show Answer
Answer: (B) End the slide show
Explanation: Pressing the Esc key during a slide show exits the presentation and returns to the editing view. It stops the full-screen display. It is the quickest way to end a slide show.
Q79. A 'placeholder' on a slide is:
(A) A type of animation
(B) A box that holds text or content
(C) A printer setting
(D) A file format
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A box that holds text or content
Explanation: A placeholder is a pre-formatted box on a slide layout where text, images, or other content is added. It guides where content should go. Clicking it allows the user to enter content.
Q80. The 'Rehearse Timings' feature in PowerPoint is used to:
(A) Add music
(B) Record the time spent on each slide
(C) Change themes
(D) Print handouts
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Record the time spent on each slide
Explanation: Rehearse Timings records how long the presenter spends on each slide during practice. These timings can be used to run the slide show automatically. It helps manage presentation pace.
Q81. Printed pages showing multiple slides for the audience are called:
(A) Notes pages
(B) Handouts
(C) Outlines
(D) Masters
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Handouts
Explanation: Handouts are printed pages that display several slides per page for the audience to follow along. They provide a take-home reference. They can be printed with two, four, or more slides per page.
Q82. Which view in PowerPoint is the main working view for creating and editing slides?
(A) Slide Sorter view
(B) Normal view
(C) Reading view
(D) Slide Show view
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Normal view
Explanation: Normal view is the main editing view where slides are created and content is added. It shows the current slide along with thumbnails and notes. Most editing work is done here.
Q83. A 'Hyperlink' in PowerPoint can be used to:
(A) Delete a slide
(B) Jump to another slide, file, or website
(C) Change the font
(D) Save the presentation
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Jump to another slide, file, or website
Explanation: A hyperlink lets the presenter jump to another slide, an external file, or a website during the slide show. It is added by selecting text or an object and inserting a link. It makes presentations interactive.
Q84. Inserting an audio or video file into a slide is an example of adding:
(A) A macro
(B) Multimedia
(C) A theme
(D) A transition
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Multimedia
Explanation: Adding audio or video to a slide is an example of including multimedia content. Multimedia makes presentations more engaging and informative. PowerPoint supports common audio and video formats.
Q85. The shortcut Shift plus F5 in PowerPoint starts the slide show from:
(A) The first slide
(B) The current slide
(C) The last slide
(D) A random slide
Show Answer
Answer: (B) The current slide
Explanation: Shift plus F5 starts the slide show from the currently selected slide rather than the beginning. F5 alone starts from the first slide. This is useful for previewing a specific slide.
Sub-Topic 4: MS Access & Outlook Basics (15 MCQs)
Q86. MS Access is a software used to manage:
(A) Presentations
(B) Databases
(C) Spreadsheets
(D) Emails
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Databases
Explanation: MS Access is a database management system used to store, organise, and manage large amounts of data. It works with tables, queries, forms, and reports. It is part of the MS Office suite.
Q87. In MS Access, data is primarily stored in:
(A) Slides
(B) Tables
(C) Cells
(D) Worksheets
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Tables
Explanation: In MS Access, data is stored in tables made up of rows (records) and columns (fields). Tables are the foundation of an Access database. Other objects work with the data in these tables.
Q88. In a database table, a single row representing one complete entry is called a:
(A) Field
(B) Record
(C) Query
(D) Form
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Record
Explanation: A record is a single row in a table that holds all the data about one item or person. For example, one student's full details form a record. Each record is made up of several fields.
Q89. A single column in a database table, representing one attribute, is called a:
(A) Record
(B) Field
(C) Form
(D) Report
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Field
Explanation: A field is a single column in a table that stores one specific type of data, such as a name or age. Each field has a unique name. Fields together make up a record.
Q90. An Access object used to retrieve specific data based on conditions is a:
(A) Form
(B) Query
(C) Report
(D) Macro
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Query
Explanation: A query is used to search, filter, and retrieve specific data from one or more tables based on conditions. It can also update or delete data. Queries help find exactly the information needed.
Q91. An Access object that provides a user-friendly interface to enter and view data is a:
(A) Table
(B) Form
(C) Query
(D) Report
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Form
Explanation: A form provides a user-friendly screen for entering, editing, and viewing data in a table. It makes data entry easier than working directly in tables. Forms can be customised with controls.
Q92. An Access object used to present and print data in a formatted layout is a:
(A) Form
(B) Query
(C) Report
(D) Macro
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Report
Explanation: A report presents data in a formatted, printable layout suitable for sharing. It can include grouping, totals, and headings. Reports are mainly used for output and printing.
Q93. A field that uniquely identifies each record in a table is called the:
(A) Foreign key
(B) Primary key
(C) Index
(D) Query
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Primary key
Explanation: A primary key is a field (or set of fields) that uniquely identifies each record in a table. No two records can have the same primary key value. It ensures each record can be found uniquely.
Q94. MS Outlook is mainly used as a/an:
(A) Spreadsheet program
(B) Email and personal information manager
(C) Database
(D) Presentation tool
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Email and personal information manager
Explanation: MS Outlook is used for managing emails, along with calendars, contacts, and tasks. It is a personal information manager within MS Office. It helps organise communication and schedules.
Q95. In email, the 'CC' field stands for:
(A) Carbon Copy
(B) Closed Circuit
(C) Computer Code
(D) Common Contact
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Carbon Copy
Explanation: CC stands for Carbon Copy and is used to send a copy of an email to additional recipients. All recipients can see who is in the CC field. It keeps others informed of the message.
Q96. In email, the 'BCC' field is used to:
(A) Send a copy visible to everyone
(B) Send a hidden copy without other recipients knowing
(C) Delete the email
(D) Attach a file
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Send a hidden copy without other recipients knowing
Explanation: BCC stands for Blind Carbon Copy and sends a copy of the email to recipients without revealing them to others. Those in the To and CC fields cannot see the BCC recipients. It protects recipient privacy.
Q97. The folder in Outlook where newly received emails arrive is the:
(A) Sent Items
(B) Inbox
(C) Drafts
(D) Trash
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Inbox
Explanation: The Inbox is the folder where all newly received emails are delivered. It is the main folder for incoming mail. Sent Items, by contrast, stores emails you have sent.
Q98. An unsolicited and unwanted email, often sent in bulk, is called:
(A) Draft
(B) Spam
(C) Reply
(D) Signature
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Spam
Explanation: Spam refers to unwanted, unsolicited emails usually sent in large quantities for advertising or fraud. Email programs often move such mail to a spam or junk folder. It clutters the inbox.
Q99. A file sent along with an email is called an:
(A) Attachment
(B) Signature
(C) Draft
(D) Subject
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Attachment
Explanation: An attachment is a file, such as a document or image, sent along with an email message. The recipient can download and open it. Attachments allow sharing files through email.
Q100. The default file extension for an MS Access database is:
(A) .docx
(B) .xlsx
(C) .accdb
(D) .pptx
Show Answer
Answer: (C) .accdb
Explanation: Modern MS Access databases are saved with the .accdb extension. Older versions used .mdb. The extension identifies the file as an Access database.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 7: Computer Networks & Internet
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Basics of Networking (LAN, WAN, MAN) (25 MCQs)
Q1. A computer network is a system in which computers are:
(A) Kept apart and isolated
(B) Connected together to share data and resources
(C) Used only for gaming
(D) Never connected
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Connected together to share data and resources
Explanation: A computer network connects two or more computers so they can share data, resources, and communication. It allows resource sharing like printers and files. Networks form the basis of the internet.
Q2. LAN stands for:
(A) Local Area Network
(B) Large Area Network
(C) Long Access Network
(D) Linked Array Network
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Local Area Network
Explanation: LAN stands for Local Area Network, which connects computers within a small area like an office or building. It offers high speed and low cost. It is the most common type of network.
Q3. Which network covers the smallest geographical area?
(A) WAN
(B) MAN
(C) LAN
(D) Internet
Show Answer
Answer: (C) LAN
Explanation: A LAN covers the smallest area, typically a single building or campus. A MAN covers a city, and a WAN spans large regions or countries. Size increases from LAN to MAN to WAN.
Q4. WAN stands for:
(A) Wide Area Network
(B) Wireless Access Network
(C) Web Area Network
(D) Wide Access Node
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Wide Area Network
Explanation: WAN stands for Wide Area Network, which connects computers over large distances such as countries or continents. The internet is the largest example of a WAN. It often uses leased lines and satellites.
Q5. A network that spans a city or large town is called a:
(A) LAN
(B) MAN
(C) PAN
(D) WAN
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MAN
Explanation: A MAN (Metropolitan Area Network) connects computers across a city or a large metropolitan area. It is larger than a LAN but smaller than a WAN. Cable TV networks are an example.
Q6. A network covering a very small personal range, like devices around one person, is a:
(A) LAN
(B) WAN
(C) PAN
(D) MAN
Show Answer
Answer: (C) PAN
Explanation: A PAN (Personal Area Network) connects devices within a few metres of a person, such as a phone, headphones, and smartwatch. Bluetooth is commonly used for PANs. It is the smallest network type.
Q7. The physical or logical arrangement of computers in a network is called:
(A) Protocol
(B) Topology
(C) Bandwidth
(D) Gateway
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Topology
Explanation: Network topology refers to the way computers and devices are arranged and connected in a network. Common topologies include bus, star, and ring. It affects performance and reliability.
Q8. In which topology are all computers connected to a single central cable (backbone)?
(A) Star topology
(B) Bus topology
(C) Ring topology
(D) Mesh topology
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Bus topology
Explanation: In bus topology, all computers are connected to a single central cable called the backbone. Data travels along this cable to reach devices. A break in the cable can disrupt the whole network.
Q9. In which topology is every computer connected to a central device like a hub or switch?
(A) Bus topology
(B) Star topology
(C) Ring topology
(D) Mesh topology
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Star topology
Explanation: In star topology, each computer is connected to a central device such as a hub or switch. If one cable fails, only that computer is affected. It is widely used in modern LANs.
Q10. In which topology is each computer connected to two others, forming a closed loop?
(A) Star topology
(B) Ring topology
(C) Bus topology
(D) Tree topology
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ring topology
Explanation: In ring topology, each computer is connected to exactly two neighbours, forming a circular loop. Data travels in one direction around the ring. A single break can affect the whole network.
Q11. In which topology is every device connected to every other device directly?
(A) Bus topology
(B) Mesh topology
(C) Star topology
(D) Ring topology
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mesh topology
Explanation: In mesh topology, every device has a direct connection to every other device. This provides high reliability and multiple paths for data. However, it requires a lot of cabling.
Q12. Any device connected to a network, such as a computer or printer, is called a:
(A) Node
(B) Cable
(C) Protocol
(D) Packet
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Node
Explanation: A node is any device connected to a network, including computers, printers, and servers. Each node can send or receive data. Nodes are the connection points in a network.
Q13. In a client-server network, the server is responsible for:
(A) Requesting services
(B) Providing services and resources to clients
(C) Only printing
(D) Doing nothing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Providing services and resources to clients
Explanation: In a client-server network, the server provides resources and services such as files and web pages to client computers. Clients request these services. The server manages and controls shared resources.
Q14. A network where all computers have equal status with no central server is called:
(A) Client-server network
(B) Peer-to-peer network
(C) Star network
(D) Bus network
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Peer-to-peer network
Explanation: In a peer-to-peer network, all computers are equal and can share resources directly without a central server. Each computer can act as both client and server. It is suitable for small networks.
Q15. The maximum amount of data that can be transmitted over a network in a given time is called:
(A) Topology
(B) Bandwidth
(C) Protocol
(D) Node
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Bandwidth
Explanation: Bandwidth is the maximum rate at which data can be transferred over a network connection. It is usually measured in bits per second. Higher bandwidth means faster data transfer.
Q16. Network communication where data can flow in only one direction is called:
(A) Full-duplex
(B) Half-duplex
(C) Simplex
(D) Multiplex
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Simplex
Explanation: Simplex communication allows data to flow in only one direction, like a radio broadcast. The receiver cannot send data back. It is a one-way transmission mode.
Q17. Communication where data can flow both ways but only one direction at a time is:
(A) Simplex
(B) Half-duplex
(C) Full-duplex
(D) Triplex
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Half-duplex
Explanation: Half-duplex communication allows data to flow in both directions, but only one direction at a time. A walkie-talkie is a common example. Each side must wait for the other to finish.
Q18. Communication where data flows in both directions simultaneously is called:
(A) Simplex
(B) Half-duplex
(C) Full-duplex
(D) Monoplex
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Full-duplex
Explanation: Full-duplex communication allows data to flow in both directions at the same time. A telephone call is an example, where both people can talk and listen together. It is the fastest two-way mode.
Q19. Which transmission medium uses light signals to carry data at very high speed?
(A) Twisted pair cable
(B) Coaxial cable
(C) Optical fibre cable
(D) Telephone wire
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Optical fibre cable
Explanation: Optical fibre cable transmits data as pulses of light through glass or plastic strands. It offers very high speed and large bandwidth. It is widely used for high-speed internet backbones.
Q20. Which of the following is a guided (wired) transmission medium?
(A) Radio waves
(B) Microwaves
(C) Twisted pair cable
(D) Satellite
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Twisted pair cable
Explanation: Twisted pair cable is a guided (wired) transmission medium that carries signals through physical wires. Radio waves, microwaves, and satellites are unguided (wireless) media. Guided media use cables to direct signals.
Q21. Wi-Fi is an example of which type of network connection?
(A) Wired
(B) Wireless
(C) Optical
(D) Coaxial
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Wireless
Explanation: Wi-Fi is a wireless networking technology that connects devices using radio waves. It allows internet access without cables. It is widely used in homes, offices, and public places.
Q22. An intranet is a network that is:
(A) Open to the public
(B) A private network within an organisation
(C) The same as the internet
(D) Only for gaming
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A private network within an organisation
Explanation: An intranet is a private network used within an organisation to share information among its members. It uses internet technologies but is restricted to authorised users. Outsiders cannot access it.
Q23. Connecting two or more separate networks together forms a/an:
(A) Internetwork (internet)
(B) Single computer
(C) Printer
(D) Monitor
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Internetwork (internet)
Explanation: When two or more networks are connected together, they form an internetwork, commonly known as an internet. The global Internet is the largest internetwork. Devices like routers connect these networks.
Q24. Which topology combines features of star and bus topologies in a hierarchy?
(A) Mesh topology
(B) Tree topology
(C) Ring topology
(D) Point-to-point
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Tree topology
Explanation: Tree topology arranges devices in a hierarchy, combining characteristics of star and bus topologies. Groups of star networks are connected to a central bus. It is scalable and easy to manage.
Q25. The main advantage of networking computers is:
(A) Higher electricity use
(B) Sharing of resources and data
(C) Slower communication
(D) More hardware needed
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Sharing of resources and data
Explanation: The main advantage of networking is the ability to share resources such as files, printers, and internet connections. It also enables fast communication between users. This improves efficiency and reduces cost.
Sub-Topic 2: Network Devices (Router, Switch, Modem) (20 MCQs)
Q26. Which device connects two or more different networks and directs data between them?
(A) Hub
(B) Router
(C) Repeater
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Router
Explanation: A router connects different networks and forwards data packets between them along the best path. It is essential for connecting a home network to the internet. It uses IP addresses to route data.
Q27. Which device converts digital signals to analog and vice versa for internet access?
(A) Switch
(B) Modem
(C) Hub
(D) Bridge
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Modem
Explanation: A modem (modulator-demodulator) converts digital data from a computer into analog signals for transmission and back again. It enables internet access over telephone or cable lines. Its name comes from modulate-demodulate.
Q28. A device that connects multiple devices in a LAN and forwards data only to the intended device is a:
(A) Hub
(B) Switch
(C) Repeater
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Switch
Explanation: A switch connects multiple devices in a LAN and sends data only to the specific device it is meant for. This makes it more efficient than a hub. It uses MAC addresses to direct data.
Q29. A simple device that connects devices in a LAN but broadcasts data to all ports is a:
(A) Switch
(B) Hub
(C) Router
(D) Gateway
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hub
Explanation: A hub is a basic networking device that broadcasts incoming data to all connected ports, regardless of the destination. This makes it less efficient than a switch. It does not filter data.
Q30. A device that boosts or regenerates a weak signal to extend network distance is a:
(A) Repeater
(B) Switch
(C) Router
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Repeater
Explanation: A repeater regenerates and strengthens weak signals so they can travel longer distances without loss. It is used to extend the range of a network. It works at the physical level.
Q31. A device that connects two similar networks and filters traffic between them is a:
(A) Bridge
(B) Modem
(C) Repeater
(D) Hub
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Bridge
Explanation: A bridge connects two similar network segments and filters traffic based on MAC addresses. It reduces unnecessary traffic between segments. This improves network performance.
Q32. A device that connects two completely different types of networks is a:
(A) Hub
(B) Gateway
(C) Repeater
(D) Switch
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Gateway
Explanation: A gateway connects two networks that use different protocols or architectures. It acts as a translator between dissimilar systems. It is more complex than a router.
Q33. The hardware component that allows a computer to connect to a network is the:
(A) NIC (Network Interface Card)
(B) GPU
(C) CPU
(D) Monitor
Show Answer
Answer: (A) NIC (Network Interface Card)
Explanation: A Network Interface Card (NIC) is the hardware that allows a computer to connect to a network. It provides the physical connection point. Each NIC has a unique MAC address.
Q34. A switch generally operates using which type of address?
(A) IP address
(B) MAC address
(C) Email address
(D) Web address
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MAC address
Explanation: A switch uses MAC (physical) addresses to identify devices and forward data to the correct port. This makes its delivery efficient and targeted. Routers, by contrast, use IP addresses.
Q35. A wireless access point is used to:
(A) Print documents
(B) Allow wireless devices to connect to a wired network
(C) Cool the CPU
(D) Store files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Allow wireless devices to connect to a wired network
Explanation: A wireless access point lets Wi-Fi-enabled devices connect to a wired network wirelessly. It acts as a bridge between wireless devices and the wired LAN. It is common in offices and public Wi-Fi.
Q36. Which device is mainly responsible for finding the best path for data on the internet?
(A) Hub
(B) Router
(C) Repeater
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Router
Explanation: A router determines the best path for data packets to travel across networks to reach their destination. It uses routing tables and IP addresses. This makes it central to internet communication.
Q37. Compared to a hub, a switch is better because it:
(A) Broadcasts to all ports
(B) Sends data only to the intended device, reducing traffic
(C) Is slower
(D) Cannot connect computers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Sends data only to the intended device, reducing traffic
Explanation: A switch sends data only to the device it is intended for, reducing unnecessary network traffic. A hub broadcasts to all devices, which is less efficient. Switches improve speed and security.
Q38. Which device is needed to access the internet through a broadband or DSL line?
(A) Modem
(B) Printer
(C) Scanner
(D) Speaker
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Modem
Explanation: A modem is required to connect to the internet through broadband, DSL, or cable lines. It converts signals so the computer can communicate over these lines. Many homes use a combined modem-router.
Q39. A repeater works at which basic level of a network?
(A) Physical (signal) level
(B) Application level
(C) Email level
(D) File level
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Physical (signal) level
Explanation: A repeater works at the physical level, where it simply regenerates and amplifies signals. It does not understand the data content. Its only job is to extend signal range.
Q40. A combined home networking device often includes which functions?
(A) Only printing
(B) Modem, router, switch, and wireless access point together
(C) Only cooling
(D) Only storage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Modem, router, switch, and wireless access point together
Explanation: Many home networking devices combine a modem, router, switch, and wireless access point in one unit. This single device provides internet access and Wi-Fi. It simplifies home networking.
Q41. Which device reduces collisions in a network by creating separate paths for each device?
(A) Hub
(B) Switch
(C) Repeater
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Switch
Explanation: A switch reduces data collisions by creating a separate communication path for each connected device. This improves efficiency compared to a hub. Each device gets dedicated bandwidth.
Q42. A gateway is sometimes described as a 'protocol converter' because it:
(A) Cools the system
(B) Translates between different communication protocols
(C) Stores files
(D) Prints data
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Translates between different communication protocols
Explanation: A gateway is called a protocol converter because it allows networks using different protocols to communicate. It translates data from one protocol to another. This enables connection between dissimilar systems.
Q43. Which of these devices does NOT make intelligent forwarding decisions?
(A) Router
(B) Switch
(C) Hub
(D) Gateway
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Hub
Explanation: A hub does not make intelligent decisions; it simply broadcasts data to all ports. Routers, switches, and gateways forward data more intelligently. This makes the hub the most basic device.
Q44. The unique physical address assigned to a NIC by its manufacturer is the:
(A) IP address
(B) MAC address
(C) Web address
(D) Email address
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MAC address
Explanation: A MAC (Media Access Control) address is a unique physical address permanently assigned to a network interface card by its manufacturer. It identifies devices at the hardware level. It does not change.
Q45. To connect many computers within a single office LAN, the most suitable device is a:
(A) Modem
(B) Switch
(C) Repeater
(D) Gateway
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Switch
Explanation: A switch is most suitable for connecting many computers within a single LAN efficiently. It directs data only to the intended device. This makes office networks fast and organised.
Sub-Topic 3: Internet, WWW, Web Browsers & Email (30 MCQs)
Q46. The Internet is best described as:
(A) A single computer
(B) A global network of interconnected networks
(C) A type of software
(D) A printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A global network of interconnected networks
Explanation: The Internet is a worldwide network connecting millions of computers and smaller networks together. It allows global sharing of information and communication. It is the largest network in the world.
Q47. WWW stands for:
(A) World Wide Web
(B) Wide Web World
(C) Web World Wide
(D) World Web Wide
Show Answer
Answer: (A) World Wide Web
Explanation: WWW stands for World Wide Web, a system of interlinked web pages accessed through the internet. It uses browsers to view content. It was invented by Tim Berners-Lee.
Q48. Who is credited with inventing the World Wide Web?
(A) Bill Gates
(B) Tim Berners-Lee
(C) Charles Babbage
(D) Steve Jobs
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Tim Berners-Lee
Explanation: Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web in 1989 while working at CERN. He developed the first web browser and the HTTP protocol. He is often called the father of the web.
Q49. The main difference between the Internet and the WWW is that the WWW is:
(A) The same as the Internet
(B) A service that runs on the Internet
(C) Larger than the Internet
(D) A type of hardware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A service that runs on the Internet
Explanation: The Internet is the global network infrastructure, while the World Wide Web is a service of interlinked web pages that runs on the Internet. The web is just one of many internet services. Email is another service.
Q50. Software used to access and view websites is called a:
(A) Web server
(B) Web browser
(C) Search engine
(D) Compiler
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Web browser
Explanation: A web browser is software used to access, view, and navigate websites on the internet. Examples include Google Chrome and Mozilla Firefox. It interprets web pages written in HTML.
Q51. Which of the following is a web browser?
(A) Google
(B) Mozilla Firefox
(C) Yahoo Search
(D) Gmail
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Mozilla Firefox
Explanation: Mozilla Firefox is a web browser used to access websites. Google and Yahoo Search are search engines, and Gmail is an email service. A browser displays the web pages.
Q52. A program used to search for information on the internet is a:
(A) Web browser
(B) Search engine
(C) Web server
(D) Modem
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Search engine
Explanation: A search engine is a program or website that helps users find information on the internet by entering keywords. Google and Bing are examples. It returns a list of relevant web pages.
Q53. Which of the following is a search engine?
(A) Chrome
(B) Google
(C) Firefox
(D) Edge
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Google
Explanation: Google is a search engine used to find information on the web. Chrome, Firefox, and Edge are web browsers. The search engine indexes and ranks web pages for results.
Q54. The address of a specific page or resource on the web is called the:
(A) IP address
(B) URL
(C) MAC address
(D) Email
Show Answer
Answer: (B) URL
Explanation: A URL (Uniform Resource Locator) is the unique address used to locate a web page or resource on the internet. It tells the browser where to find the content.
Q55. In a URL, what does 'http' stand for?
(A) HyperText Transfer Protocol
(B) High Transfer Text Protocol
(C) HyperText Transmission Process
(D) Host Transfer Text Protocol
Show Answer
Answer: (A) HyperText Transfer Protocol
Explanation: HTTP stands for HyperText Transfer Protocol, which defines how web pages are transferred between a web server and a browser. It is the foundation of data communication on the web. HTTPS is its secure version.
Q56. What does the 's' in 'https' indicate?
(A) Speed
(B) Secure (encrypted connection)
(C) Server
(D) Storage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Secure (encrypted connection)
Explanation: The s in HTTPS stands for Secure, meaning the connection is encrypted for safety. It protects data exchanged between the browser and the server. It is important for online banking and shopping.
Q57. A collection of related web pages under a single domain name is called a:
(A) Web page
(B) Website
(C) Web server
(D) Browser
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Website
Explanation: A website is a collection of related web pages grouped under one domain name. Users navigate between these pages using links. The first page is usually the home page.
Q58. The first or main page of a website is called the:
(A) Web server
(B) Home page
(C) Search page
(D) URL
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Home page
Explanation: The home page is the main or starting page of a website that visitors usually see first. It often contains links to other pages on the site. It serves as the entry point.
Q59. The language mainly used to create web pages is:
(A) HTTP
(B) HTML
(C) SMTP
(D) FTP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) HTML
Explanation: HTML (HyperText Markup Language) is the standard language used to create and structure web pages. It uses tags to define elements like headings and links. Browsers read HTML to display pages.
Q60. A company that provides internet access to users is called an:
(A) ISP
(B) URL
(C) HTML
(D) FTP
Show Answer
Answer: (A) ISP
Explanation: An ISP (Internet Service Provider) is a company that provides internet access to homes and businesses. Examples include Airtel, Jio, and BSNL. Users pay the ISP for connectivity.
Q61. A clickable word or image that takes you to another web page is called a:
(A) Cursor
(B) Hyperlink
(C) Pixel
(D) Cookie
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hyperlink
Explanation: A hyperlink is a clickable element, usually text or an image, that takes the user to another web page or location. Hyperlinks connect pages across the web. They are often shown in a different colour.
Q62. Transferring a file from the internet to your computer is called:
(A) Uploading
(B) Downloading
(C) Browsing
(D) Refreshing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Downloading
Explanation: Downloading is the process of transferring files from a remote server or the internet to your own computer. Uploading is the opposite, sending files to a server. Downloading brings data to you.
Q63. Sending a file from your computer to a server on the internet is called:
(A) Downloading
(B) Uploading
(C) Streaming
(D) Caching
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Uploading
Explanation: Uploading is the process of sending files from your computer to a remote server or website. For example, posting a photo online is uploading. It is the opposite of downloading.
Q64. In an email address like user at example dot com, the part after the at symbol is the:
(A) Username
(B) Domain name
(C) Password
(D) Subject
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Domain name
Explanation: In an email address, the part after the at symbol is the domain name, which identifies the mail server. The part before the at symbol is the username. The at symbol separates the two parts.
Q65. Which symbol is essential in every email address?
(A) hash
(B) at symbol
(C) ampersand
(D) percent
Show Answer
Answer: (B) at symbol
Explanation: The at symbol is essential in every email address as it separates the username from the domain name. Without it, the address is invalid. It is a defining feature of email addresses.
Q66. Webmail allows users to access email through a:
(A) Printer
(B) Web browser
(C) Modem
(D) Scanner
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Web browser
Explanation: Webmail lets users access and manage their email directly through a web browser without installing special software. Gmail and Yahoo Mail are examples. It can be used from any internet-connected device.
Q67. Replying to all recipients of an email at once uses which option?
(A) Forward
(B) Reply All
(C) Delete
(D) Draft
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Reply All
Explanation: The Reply All option sends a response to every recipient of the original email, not just the sender. It is useful for group conversations. Reply, by contrast, responds only to the sender.
Q68. Forwarding an email means:
(A) Deleting it
(B) Sending a received email to another person
(C) Printing it
(D) Saving it as draft
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Sending a received email to another person
Explanation: Forwarding an email sends a copy of a received message to one or more new recipients. The original content is included. It is used to share information received from someone else.
Q69. An email saved but not yet sent is stored in the:
(A) Inbox
(B) Drafts folder
(C) Trash
(D) Spam
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Drafts folder
Explanation: An email that has been written but not yet sent is stored in the Drafts folder. The user can return to finish and send it later. It is not delivered until sent.
Q70. A small text file stored by websites to remember user information is called a:
(A) Cookie
(B) Cache
(C) Cursor
(D) Macro
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Cookie
Explanation: A cookie is a small text file that a website stores on a user's computer to remember preferences and login details. It helps personalise the browsing experience. Cookies can be managed in browser settings.
Q71. Watching a video online without fully downloading it first is called:
(A) Streaming
(B) Uploading
(C) Caching
(D) Compressing
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Streaming
Explanation: Streaming is the process of playing audio or video over the internet in real time without downloading the whole file first. Services like YouTube use streaming. Content plays as it is received.
Q72. Which protocol is used specifically for sending email?
(A) HTTP
(B) SMTP
(C) FTP
(D) TCP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SMTP
Explanation: SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) is used for sending email messages from a client to a server or between servers. It handles outgoing mail. POP and IMAP are used for receiving email.
Q73. The home page that loads automatically when a browser opens is called the:
(A) Default/start page
(B) Search engine
(C) Cookie
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Default/start page
Explanation: The default or start page is the web page that automatically loads when a browser is opened. Users can set it to their preferred site. It provides a starting point for browsing.
Q74. A 'bookmark' (or favourite) in a browser is used to:
(A) Delete a page
(B) Save a web page address for quick access later
(C) Print a page
(D) Block a site
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Save a web page address for quick access later
Explanation: A bookmark, also called a favourite, saves the address of a web page so it can be reopened quickly later. It avoids retyping long URLs. Bookmarks are organised in the browser.
Q75. Browser 'cache' is used to:
(A) Permanently store all files
(B) Temporarily store web data to load pages faster
(C) Delete websites
(D) Send emails
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Temporarily store web data to load pages faster
Explanation: Browser cache temporarily stores web page elements like images so that pages load faster on repeat visits. It reduces loading time and data usage. The cache can be cleared when needed.
Sub-Topic 4: IP Address & Protocols (TCP/IP, HTTP etc.) (25 MCQs)
Q76. A protocol in networking is best described as a:
(A) Type of cable
(B) Set of rules for communication between devices
(C) Network device
(D) Web page
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Set of rules for communication between devices
Explanation: A protocol is a set of rules and standards that govern how data is transmitted and received between devices on a network. Protocols ensure that devices can understand each other. Examples include TCP/IP and HTTP.
Q77. An IP address is used to:
(A) Identify a device on a network
(B) Cool the CPU
(C) Print documents
(D) Store files
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Identify a device on a network
Explanation: An IP (Internet Protocol) address is a unique numeric label assigned to each device on a network. It identifies the device and enables data to reach it. Every device on the internet needs an IP address.
Q78. IP stands for:
(A) Internet Protocol
(B) Internal Process
(C) Information Provider
(D) Internet Page
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Internet Protocol
Explanation: IP stands for Internet Protocol, which defines how data is addressed and routed across networks. It works together with TCP in the TCP/IP suite. It is fundamental to internet communication.
Q79. An IPv4 address consists of how many bits?
(A) 16 bits
(B) 32 bits
(C) 64 bits
(D) 128 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 32 bits
Explanation: An IPv4 address is 32 bits long, usually written as four numbers separated by dots, such as 192.168.0.1. Each number ranges from 0 to 255. This allows about 4.3 billion addresses.
Q80. An IPv6 address consists of how many bits?
(A) 32 bits
(B) 64 bits
(C) 128 bits
(D) 256 bits
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 128 bits
Explanation: An IPv6 address is 128 bits long, providing a vastly larger number of unique addresses than IPv4. It was introduced to overcome the shortage of IPv4 addresses. It uses hexadecimal notation.
Q81. Which is a valid IPv4 address?
(A) 192.168.1.300
(B) 256.0.0.1
(C) 192.168.0.1
(D) 192.168.1
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 192.168.0.1
Explanation: A valid IPv4 address has four numbers between 0 and 255 separated by dots, such as 192.168.0.1. Numbers above 255 or missing parts make it invalid. So 192.168.0.1 is the valid option.
Q82. TCP/IP stands for:
(A) Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(B) Transfer Control Process/Internet Page
(C) Total Control Protocol/Internal Process
(D) Transmission Code Protocol/Internet Path
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
Explanation: TCP/IP stands for Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, the basic communication suite of the internet. TCP ensures reliable delivery while IP handles addressing. Together they enable internet communication.
Q83. The role of TCP in the TCP/IP suite is to:
(A) Cool the device
(B) Ensure reliable, ordered delivery of data
(C) Print pages
(D) Store files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ensure reliable, ordered delivery of data
Explanation: TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) breaks data into packets and ensures they are delivered reliably and in the correct order. It checks for errors and resends lost packets. IP handles the addressing.
Q84. Which protocol is used to transfer files between computers over a network?
(A) HTTP
(B) FTP
(C) SMTP
(D) POP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) FTP
Explanation: FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is used to transfer files between a client and a server over a network. It supports uploading and downloading of files. It is commonly used for website file management.
Q85. Which protocol is used to receive emails and download them to a device?
(A) SMTP
(B) POP3
(C) FTP
(D) HTTP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) POP3
Explanation: POP3 (Post Office Protocol version 3) is used to retrieve emails from a server and download them to a local device. It typically removes mail from the server after download. SMTP, by contrast, sends mail.
Q86. Which email protocol keeps messages on the server and syncs across devices?
(A) POP3
(B) IMAP
(C) SMTP
(D) FTP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) IMAP
Explanation: IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol) keeps emails stored on the server and synchronises them across multiple devices. Changes made on one device appear on others. This suits users with several devices.
Q87. DNS in networking is used to:
(A) Translate domain names into IP addresses
(B) Cool the router
(C) Print web pages
(D) Store cookies
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Translate domain names into IP addresses
Explanation: DNS (Domain Name System) translates human-friendly domain names like google.com into numeric IP addresses. This lets users type names instead of remembering numbers. It works like the internet's phone book.
Q88. DNS stands for:
(A) Domain Name System
(B) Data Network Service
(C) Digital Number System
(D) Direct Name Server
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Domain Name System
Explanation: DNS stands for Domain Name System, the service that maps domain names to IP addresses. It allows users to access websites using easy-to-remember names. It is essential for browsing.
Q89. Which protocol is used to securely browse websites?
(A) HTTP
(B) HTTPS
(C) FTP
(D) POP3
Show Answer
Answer: (B) HTTPS
Explanation: HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure) is used for secure, encrypted browsing of websites. It protects data such as passwords and payment details. It is essential for safe online transactions.
Q90. A small numbered logical endpoint used by protocols to identify services is called a:
(A) Port
(B) Cable
(C) Node
(D) Cookie
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Port
Explanation: A port is a logical endpoint identified by a number that helps direct data to the correct application or service. For example, HTTP commonly uses port 80. Ports allow multiple services on one device.
Q91. The default port number commonly used by HTTP is:
(A) 21
(B) 25
(C) 80
(D) 443
Show Answer
Answer: (C) 80
Explanation: HTTP commonly uses port 80 for web traffic. HTTPS uses port 443, FTP uses 21, and SMTP uses 25. These standard ports help route the correct type of data.
Q92. The default port number used by HTTPS is:
(A) 80
(B) 443
(C) 21
(D) 110
Show Answer
Answer: (B) 443
Explanation: HTTPS uses port 443 for secure, encrypted web communication. HTTP uses port 80 for normal traffic. Knowing these port numbers is useful for networking questions.
Q93. An IP address that is permanently assigned and does not change is called a:
(A) Dynamic IP
(B) Static IP
(C) Private IP
(D) Loopback IP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Static IP
Explanation: A static IP address is fixed and does not change over time. It is often used for servers that need a constant address. A dynamic IP, in contrast, changes periodically.
Q94. An IP address that is automatically assigned and can change over time is a:
(A) Static IP
(B) Dynamic IP
(C) Public IP
(D) MAC address
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Dynamic IP
Explanation: A dynamic IP address is automatically assigned by a DHCP server and may change each time a device connects. It is commonly used for home devices. Static IPs, by contrast, remain fixed.
Q95. Which protocol automatically assigns IP addresses to devices on a network?
(A) DNS
(B) DHCP
(C) FTP
(D) SMTP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DHCP
Explanation: DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) automatically assigns IP addresses to devices when they join a network. This avoids manual configuration. It makes managing networks easier.
Q96. The 'ping' command is used to:
(A) Print documents
(B) Test connectivity between two devices
(C) Delete files
(D) Open websites
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Test connectivity between two devices
Explanation: The ping command tests whether one device can reach another over a network and measures the response time. It sends small packets and waits for replies. It is useful for troubleshooting connections.
Q97. A firewall in networking is mainly used to:
(A) Speed up the CPU
(B) Monitor and control network traffic for security
(C) Store files
(D) Print pages
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Monitor and control network traffic for security
Explanation: A firewall monitors and controls incoming and outgoing network traffic based on security rules. It acts as a barrier between a trusted network and untrusted ones. It helps protect against unauthorised access.
Q98. Which part of a URL like www dot example dot com is the domain name?
(A) www
(B) example.com
(C) http
(D) colon slash slash
Show Answer
Answer: (B) example.com
Explanation: In a web address, example.com is the domain name that identifies the website. The www is a subdomain and http is the protocol. The domain name is the main, registered address.
Q99. Which of the following is an application-layer protocol used for web browsing?
(A) TCP
(B) IP
(C) HTTP
(D) MAC
Show Answer
Answer: (C) HTTP
Explanation: HTTP is an application-layer protocol used for transferring web pages during browsing. TCP and IP work at lower layers to deliver data. HTTP defines how browsers and servers communicate.
Q100. The numeric address 127.0.0.1 is commonly known as the:
(A) Public IP
(B) Loopback (localhost) address
(C) Broadcast address
(D) MAC address
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Loopback (localhost) address
Explanation: The address 127.0.0.1 is the loopback or localhost address, which refers to the device itself. It is used to test network software on the same computer. Data sent to it does not leave the device.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 8: Database Management
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Introduction to DBMS (35 MCQs)
Q1. DBMS stands for:
(A) Data Backup Management System
(B) Database Management System
(C) Digital Base Memory System
(D) Data Binary Management Software
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Database Management System
Explanation: DBMS stands for Database Management System, software used to store, manage, and retrieve data efficiently. It acts as an interface between users and the database. Examples include MySQL and Oracle.
Q2. A database is best defined as:
(A) A single file
(B) An organised collection of related data
(C) A type of printer
(D) A programming language
Show Answer
Answer: (B) An organised collection of related data
Explanation: A database is an organised collection of related data that can be easily accessed, managed, and updated. It stores data in a structured way. DBMS software is used to handle it.
Q3. Which of the following is an example of a DBMS?
(A) MS Word
(B) Oracle
(C) Photoshop
(D) Chrome
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Oracle
Explanation: Oracle is a popular DBMS used to manage large databases. Other examples include MySQL, SQL Server, and MS Access. MS Word and Photoshop are application software.
Q4. A DBMS based on the relational model that stores data in tables is called a/an:
(A) OODBMS
(B) RDBMS
(C) NoSQL
(D) Hierarchical DBMS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) RDBMS
Explanation: An RDBMS (Relational Database Management System) stores data in the form of tables with rows and columns. It uses relationships between tables. MySQL and Oracle are RDBMS examples.
Q5. The repetition of the same data in multiple places is called data:
(A) Integrity
(B) Redundancy
(C) Independence
(D) Security
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Redundancy
Explanation: Data redundancy is the unnecessary repetition of the same data in different places. It wastes storage and can cause inconsistency. A good DBMS minimises redundancy.
Q6. Ensuring that data is accurate, consistent, and reliable is called data:
(A) Redundancy
(B) Integrity
(C) Loss
(D) Compression
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Integrity
Explanation: Data integrity means keeping data accurate, consistent, and reliable throughout its lifecycle. DBMS uses constraints and rules to maintain it. It prevents invalid data from entering the database.
Q7. The person responsible for managing and controlling a database is called the:
(A) Programmer
(B) Database Administrator (DBA)
(C) End user
(D) Operator
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Database Administrator (DBA)
Explanation: The Database Administrator (DBA) is responsible for managing, securing, and maintaining the database. The DBA controls user access and performance. It is a key role in any organisation using databases.
Q8. Which of the following is an advantage of DBMS over traditional file systems?
(A) More data redundancy
(B) Reduced redundancy and better data sharing
(C) No security
(D) Slower access
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Reduced redundancy and better data sharing
Explanation: A DBMS reduces data redundancy, improves data sharing, and provides better security than a traditional file system. It also ensures data consistency. These benefits make DBMS widely preferred.
Q9. Data about data, such as the structure and format of a database, is called:
(A) Metadata
(B) Big data
(C) Raw data
(D) Backup data
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Metadata
Explanation: Metadata is data that describes other data, such as table names, column types, and constraints. It defines the structure of the database. The data dictionary stores this metadata.
Q10. The component of a DBMS that stores definitions of all database objects is the:
(A) Data dictionary
(B) Query
(C) Form
(D) Report
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Data dictionary
Explanation: The data dictionary stores metadata, including the definitions of tables, columns, and relationships. It acts as a central catalogue of the database structure. The DBMS uses it to manage data.
Q11. The overall design or structure of a database is called its:
(A) Instance
(B) Schema
(C) Query
(D) Tuple
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Schema
Explanation: A schema is the overall logical design or structure of a database, including tables, fields, and relationships. It is defined when the database is created. It rarely changes over time.
Q12. The actual data stored in a database at a particular moment is called a/an:
(A) Schema
(B) Instance
(C) Constraint
(D) Index
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Instance
Explanation: An instance is the collection of data stored in a database at a specific moment in time. It changes frequently as data is added or modified. The schema, by contrast, stays mostly fixed.
Q13. The ability to change the database structure without affecting application programs is called:
(A) Data redundancy
(B) Data independence
(C) Data loss
(D) Data sharing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Data independence
Explanation: Data independence is the capacity to modify the database schema at one level without changing it at the next higher level or affecting applications. It improves flexibility. It is a major advantage of DBMS.
Q14. Which of the following is NOT a function of a DBMS?
(A) Data storage
(B) Data retrieval
(C) Manufacturing hardware
(D) Data security
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Manufacturing hardware
Explanation: Manufacturing hardware is not a DBMS function. A DBMS handles data storage, retrieval, security, and integrity. It manages data, not physical hardware production.
Q15. A collection of programs that enables users to create and maintain a database is a:
(A) Operating system
(B) DBMS
(C) Compiler
(D) Browser
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DBMS
Explanation: A DBMS is a set of programs that lets users create, store, update, and manage databases. It provides tools for data definition and manipulation. It serves as the interface to the database.
Q16. Which property ensures that a database transaction is completed fully or not at all?
(A) Atomicity
(B) Redundancy
(C) Indexing
(D) Normalisation
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Atomicity
Explanation: Atomicity ensures that a transaction is treated as a single unit that either completes fully or has no effect at all. It is part of the ACID properties. This prevents partial updates.
Q17. The ACID properties of a transaction stand for:
(A) Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, Durability
(B) Access, Control, Integrity, Data
(C) Accuracy, Class, Index, Domain
(D) Average, Count, Integer, Date
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, Durability
Explanation: ACID stands for Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, and Durability, the four key properties of a reliable transaction. They ensure data remains valid even during failures. They are central to RDBMS reliability.
Q18. In the ACID properties, 'Durability' means:
(A) Data is lost after a transaction
(B) Committed data is permanently saved even after a failure
(C) Data is temporary
(D) Data cannot be read
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Committed data is permanently saved even after a failure
Explanation: Durability ensures that once a transaction is committed, its changes are permanently stored even if the system crashes afterward. The data survives failures. It guarantees lasting results.
Q19. Backup and recovery features in a DBMS are used to:
(A) Delete data permanently
(B) Restore data after loss or failure
(C) Slow the system
(D) Print reports
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Restore data after loss or failure
Explanation: Backup and recovery allow the database to be restored after data loss, corruption, or system failure. Backups are copies of the data, and recovery brings the system back to a consistent state. They protect valuable data.
Q20. Controlling who can access and modify the database is part of database:
(A) Redundancy
(B) Security
(C) Compression
(D) Indexing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Security
Explanation: Database security controls which users can access, read, or modify data using authentication and permissions. It protects against unauthorised access. The DBA usually manages these controls.
Q21. An 'index' in a database is used to:
(A) Delete records
(B) Speed up data retrieval/searching
(C) Encrypt data
(D) Print tables
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Speed up data retrieval/searching
Explanation: An index improves the speed of data retrieval by allowing quick searching, similar to an index in a book. It is created on one or more columns. However, it can slow down data insertion.
Q22. A 'query' in a database is used to:
(A) Format text
(B) Request and retrieve specific data
(C) Print the screen
(D) Cool the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Request and retrieve specific data
Explanation: A query is a request to retrieve or manipulate specific data from a database. It uses a language like SQL. Queries help find exactly the information needed.
Q23. Which of the following is a NoSQL (non-relational) database?
(A) MySQL
(B) Oracle
(C) MongoDB
(D) MS Access
Show Answer
Answer: (C) MongoDB
Explanation: MongoDB is a NoSQL database that stores data in flexible, document-based formats rather than tables. NoSQL databases handle large and unstructured data well. MySQL and Oracle are relational databases.
Q24. Multiple users accessing the database at the same time is handled by:
(A) Concurrency control
(B) Redundancy
(C) Compression
(D) Formatting
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Concurrency control
Explanation: Concurrency control manages simultaneous access by multiple users to keep data consistent. It prevents conflicts when several transactions run together. This is essential in multi-user databases.
Q25. The traditional method of storing data in separate, unrelated files is called a:
(A) DBMS
(B) File-based system
(C) Cloud system
(D) Index system
Show Answer
Answer: (B) File-based system
Explanation: A file-based system stores data in separate files managed by application programs. It often leads to data redundancy and inconsistency. DBMS was developed to overcome these problems.
Q26. Which of the following reduces data inconsistency in a DBMS?
(A) Increasing redundancy
(B) Centralised data control
(C) Deleting backups
(D) Removing constraints
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Centralised data control
Explanation: Centralised control of data in a DBMS reduces inconsistency by storing data in one place with controlled updates. This ensures all users see the same accurate data. It is a key DBMS advantage.
Q27. A 'view' in a database is:
(A) A physical table
(B) A virtual table based on a query
(C) A printer setting
(D) A backup file
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A virtual table based on a query
Explanation: A view is a virtual table created from the result of a query on one or more real tables. It does not store data itself but displays it. Views simplify complex queries and improve security.
Q28. Which is NOT an advantage of a DBMS?
(A) Data sharing
(B) Reduced redundancy
(C) High data inconsistency
(D) Improved security
Show Answer
Answer: (C) High data inconsistency
Explanation: High data inconsistency is a problem, not an advantage. A DBMS actually reduces inconsistency, redundancy, and improves sharing and security. These are its main benefits.
Q29. The level of database architecture that describes how data is physically stored is the:
(A) External level
(B) Conceptual level
(C) Internal (physical) level
(D) View level
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Internal (physical) level
Explanation: The internal or physical level describes how data is actually stored on the storage devices. It deals with storage structures and access methods. The conceptual and external levels are more abstract.
Q30. The level that describes what data is stored and the relationships among data is the:
(A) Internal level
(B) Conceptual level
(C) Physical level
(D) Hardware level
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Conceptual level
Explanation: The conceptual level describes the overall logical structure of the entire database and relationships between data. It is independent of physical storage. It connects the internal and external levels.
Q31. The level of database architecture closest to the user is the:
(A) Internal level
(B) Physical level
(C) External (view) level
(D) Storage level
Show Answer
Answer: (C) External (view) level
Explanation: The external or view level is closest to the users and shows only the part of the database relevant to them. Different users can have different views. It hides the rest of the database.
Q32. Which language is used to define the structure of a database (creating tables)?
(A) DML
(B) DDL (Data Definition Language)
(C) DCL
(D) TCL
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DDL (Data Definition Language)
Explanation: DDL (Data Definition Language) is used to define and modify the structure of database objects like tables. Commands include CREATE, ALTER, and DROP. It deals with the schema, not the data values.
Q33. Which language is used to manipulate data such as inserting and updating records?
(A) DDL
(B) DML (Data Manipulation Language)
(C) DCL
(D) VDL
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DML (Data Manipulation Language)
Explanation: DML (Data Manipulation Language) is used to insert, update, delete, and retrieve data within tables. Commands include INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and SELECT. It works on the data, not the structure.
Q34. Removing redundancy by organising data into well-structured tables is called:
(A) Indexing
(B) Normalisation
(C) Compression
(D) Encryption
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Normalisation
Explanation: Normalisation is the process of organising data into tables to reduce redundancy and improve data integrity. It splits large tables into smaller related ones. It follows a set of rules called normal forms.
Q35. Which of the following best describes 'data consistency'?
(A) Same data shows different values in different places
(B) Data remains uniform and accurate across the database
(C) Data is deleted automatically
(D) Data is duplicated everywhere
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Data remains uniform and accurate across the database
Explanation: Data consistency means that data remains uniform and accurate across the entire database. There are no conflicting copies of the same data. A DBMS enforces consistency through rules and controls.
Sub-Topic 2: SQL Basics (35 MCQs)
Q36. SQL stands for:
(A) Structured Query Language
(B) Simple Question Language
(C) System Query Logic
(D) Sequential Query Line
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Structured Query Language
Explanation: SQL stands for Structured Query Language, used to manage and query relational databases. It allows creating, reading, updating, and deleting data. It is the standard language for RDBMS.
Q37. Which SQL command is used to retrieve data from a database?
(A) INSERT
(B) SELECT
(C) UPDATE
(D) DELETE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SELECT
Explanation: The SELECT command is used to retrieve data from one or more tables in a database. It can fetch specific columns and rows. It is the most commonly used SQL command.
Q38. Which SQL command is used to add new records to a table?
(A) SELECT
(B) INSERT
(C) UPDATE
(D) DROP
Show Answer
Answer: (B) INSERT
Explanation: The INSERT command is used to add new rows (records) into a table. It specifies the values for each column. It is part of the Data Manipulation Language.
Q39. Which SQL command is used to modify existing records in a table?
(A) INSERT
(B) UPDATE
(C) SELECT
(D) CREATE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) UPDATE
Explanation: The UPDATE command changes the values of existing records in a table. It is usually used with a WHERE clause to target specific rows. Without WHERE, it updates all rows.
Q40. Which SQL command is used to remove records from a table?
(A) DROP
(B) DELETE
(C) REMOVE
(D) ERASE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DELETE
Explanation: The DELETE command removes one or more records from a table. It is often used with a WHERE clause to delete specific rows. Without WHERE, it deletes all rows.
Q41. Which SQL command is used to create a new table?
(A) CREATE
(B) INSERT
(C) BUILD
(D) MAKE
Show Answer
Answer: (A) CREATE
Explanation: The CREATE TABLE command is used to create a new table by defining its columns and data types. It is a Data Definition Language command. It sets up the table structure.
Q42. Which SQL command completely removes a table and its structure?
(A) DELETE
(B) DROP
(C) TRUNCATE
(D) CLEAR
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DROP
Explanation: The DROP command permanently removes an entire table, including its structure and all data. Unlike DELETE, it cannot be easily undone. It is a DDL command.
Q43. Which SQL command removes all rows from a table but keeps its structure?
(A) DROP
(B) DELETE
(C) TRUNCATE
(D) ALTER
Show Answer
Answer: (C) TRUNCATE
Explanation: The TRUNCATE command quickly removes all rows from a table while keeping its structure for future use. It is faster than DELETE for clearing all data. It cannot target specific rows.
Q44. Which SQL command is used to change the structure of an existing table?
(A) UPDATE
(B) ALTER
(C) MODIFY
(D) CHANGE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ALTER
Explanation: The ALTER command is used to modify the structure of an existing table, such as adding or deleting a column. It is a DDL command. It changes the schema, not the data values.
Q45. The SQL clause used to filter records based on a condition is:
(A) ORDER BY
(B) WHERE
(C) GROUP BY
(D) HAVING
Show Answer
Answer: (B) WHERE
Explanation: The WHERE clause filters records by specifying a condition that rows must meet. Only rows satisfying the condition are affected or returned. It is used with SELECT, UPDATE, and DELETE.
Q46. The SQL clause used to sort the result in ascending or descending order is:
(A) GROUP BY
(B) ORDER BY
(C) WHERE
(D) HAVING
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ORDER BY
Explanation: The ORDER BY clause sorts the query results in ascending (ASC) or descending (DESC) order. By default, sorting is ascending. It is added at the end of a SELECT statement.
Q47. Which SQL keyword removes duplicate values from the result set?
(A) UNIQUE
(B) DISTINCT
(C) ONLY
(D) SINGLE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) DISTINCT
Explanation: The DISTINCT keyword is used in a SELECT statement to return only unique, non-duplicate values. It removes repeated rows from the result. It is useful for listing distinct entries.
Q48. The SQL clause used to group rows that have the same values is:
(A) ORDER BY
(B) GROUP BY
(C) WHERE
(D) JOIN
Show Answer
Answer: (B) GROUP BY
Explanation: The GROUP BY clause groups rows with the same values in specified columns, often used with aggregate functions. For example, it can group sales by region. It summarises data into groups.
Q49. Which aggregate function returns the total sum of a numeric column?
(A) COUNT()
(B) SUM()
(C) AVG()
(D) MAX()
Show Answer
Answer: (B) SUM()
Explanation: The SUM() function adds up all the values in a numeric column. For example, SUM of salary gives the total salary. It is an aggregate function in SQL.
Q50. Which aggregate function counts the number of rows?
(A) SUM()
(B) COUNT()
(C) AVG()
(D) MIN()
Show Answer
Answer: (B) COUNT()
Explanation: The COUNT() function returns the number of rows that match a query. For example, COUNT of all counts all rows in a table. It is commonly used to find totals.
Q51. Which aggregate function calculates the average value of a column?
(A) SUM()
(B) AVG()
(C) COUNT()
(D) MAX()
Show Answer
Answer: (B) AVG()
Explanation: The AVG() function calculates the average (mean) of values in a numeric column. For example, AVG of marks gives the average marks. It is an aggregate function.
Q52. Which SQL operation combines rows from two or more tables based on a related column?
(A) JOIN
(B) MERGE
(C) LINK
(D) ADD
Show Answer
Answer: (A) JOIN
Explanation: A JOIN combines rows from two or more tables based on a related column between them. Common types include INNER JOIN and LEFT JOIN. It is used to query related data together.
Q53. The SQL clause used with GROUP BY to filter groups based on a condition is:
(A) WHERE
(B) HAVING
(C) ORDER BY
(D) DISTINCT
Show Answer
Answer: (B) HAVING
Explanation: The HAVING clause filters groups created by GROUP BY based on a condition, often involving aggregate functions. WHERE filters individual rows, while HAVING filters groups. They are often used together.
Q54. Which SQL category do GRANT and REVOKE commands belong to?
(A) DDL
(B) DML
(C) DCL (Data Control Language)
(D) TCL
Show Answer
Answer: (C) DCL (Data Control Language)
Explanation: GRANT and REVOKE are Data Control Language (DCL) commands used to control user access permissions. GRANT gives privileges, while REVOKE removes them. They manage database security.
Q55. Which SQL commands belong to Transaction Control Language (TCL)?
(A) SELECT, INSERT
(B) COMMIT, ROLLBACK
(C) CREATE, DROP
(D) GRANT, REVOKE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) COMMIT, ROLLBACK
Explanation: COMMIT and ROLLBACK are Transaction Control Language (TCL) commands. COMMIT saves changes permanently, while ROLLBACK undoes them. They manage transactions in a database.
Q56. The COMMIT command in SQL is used to:
(A) Undo changes
(B) Permanently save the changes of a transaction
(C) Delete a table
(D) Create a table
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Permanently save the changes of a transaction
Explanation: The COMMIT command permanently saves all the changes made during the current transaction. After committing, the changes cannot be undone with ROLLBACK. It finalises the transaction.
Q57. The ROLLBACK command in SQL is used to:
(A) Save changes
(B) Undo changes made in the current transaction
(C) Create a table
(D) Grant access
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Undo changes made in the current transaction
Explanation: The ROLLBACK command undoes the changes made during the current transaction, returning the database to its previous state. It is used to cancel mistakes before committing. It reverses uncommitted changes.
Q58. Which operator is used in SQL to search for a specified pattern in a column?
(A) BETWEEN
(B) LIKE
(C) IN
(D) AND
Show Answer
Answer: (B) LIKE
Explanation: The LIKE operator is used with wildcard characters to search for a specified pattern in a column. For example, LIKE with A percent finds values starting with A. It is useful for partial matches.
Q59. In SQL, the wildcard 'percent' used with LIKE represents:
(A) A single character
(B) Zero or more characters
(C) Exactly two characters
(D) A number only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Zero or more characters
Explanation: The percent wildcard in SQL represents zero or more characters in a pattern. For example, S percent matches any value starting with S. The underscore matches a single character.
Q60. Which SQL operator checks whether a value lies within a range?
(A) LIKE
(B) BETWEEN
(C) IN
(D) NOT
Show Answer
Answer: (B) BETWEEN
Explanation: The BETWEEN operator checks whether a value falls within a specified range, inclusive of the boundaries. For example, BETWEEN 10 AND 20. It simplifies range conditions.
Q61. Which SQL operator checks whether a value matches any value in a list?
(A) BETWEEN
(B) IN
(C) LIKE
(D) IS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) IN
Explanation: The IN operator checks if a value matches any value in a given list. For example, IN with a list of A, B, C. It is shorter than using multiple OR conditions.
Q62. A SELECT statement that returns all columns of a table uses which symbol?
(A) hash
(B) asterisk
(C) at sign
(D) ampersand
Show Answer
Answer: (B) asterisk
Explanation: The asterisk in a SELECT statement returns all columns of a table. For example, SELECT asterisk FROM students. It is a quick way to fetch every column.
Q63. Which clause is used to give a temporary name (alias) to a column or table?
(A) AS
(B) IS
(C) ON
(D) BY
Show Answer
Answer: (A) AS
Explanation: The AS keyword is used to assign a temporary alias to a column or table in a query. This makes the output more readable. The alias exists only for that query.
Q64. Which SQL keyword is used to combine two conditions where both must be true?
(A) OR
(B) AND
(C) NOT
(D) IN
Show Answer
Answer: (B) AND
Explanation: The AND operator combines two or more conditions, and all must be true for a row to be selected. OR, in contrast, requires only one condition to be true. They are logical operators.
Q65. The result table returned by a SELECT query is called the:
(A) Schema
(B) Result set
(C) Index
(D) View
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Result set
Explanation: A result set is the set of rows returned by a SELECT query. It is a temporary table of the query output. Applications process this result set to display data.
Q66. Which SQL command is used to add a new column to an existing table?
(A) UPDATE
(B) ALTER TABLE ... ADD
(C) INSERT
(D) CREATE
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ALTER TABLE ... ADD
Explanation: The ALTER TABLE command with the ADD keyword is used to add a new column to an existing table. It modifies the table structure. It is a DDL operation.
Q67. Which SQL function returns the maximum value in a column?
(A) MIN()
(B) MAX()
(C) SUM()
(D) COUNT()
Show Answer
Answer: (B) MAX()
Explanation: The MAX() function returns the largest value in a specified column. For example, MAX of salary gives the highest salary. MIN() returns the smallest value.
Q68. In SQL, NULL represents:
(A) Zero
(B) An empty string
(C) A missing or unknown value
(D) A negative number
Show Answer
Answer: (C) A missing or unknown value
Explanation: NULL in SQL represents a missing, unknown, or undefined value. It is different from zero or an empty string. Special handling like IS NULL is used to test for it.
Q69. Which operator is used to test for a NULL value in SQL?
(A) equals NULL
(B) IS NULL
(C) double equals NULL
(D) LIKE NULL
Show Answer
Answer: (B) IS NULL
Explanation: The IS NULL operator is used to check whether a column value is NULL. The normal equals sign does not work with NULL. IS NOT NULL checks for non-null values.
Q70. Which type of JOIN returns only the matching rows from both tables?
(A) LEFT JOIN
(B) RIGHT JOIN
(C) INNER JOIN
(D) FULL JOIN
Show Answer
Answer: (C) INNER JOIN
Explanation: An INNER JOIN returns only the rows that have matching values in both tables. Non-matching rows are excluded. It is the most common type of join.
Sub-Topic 3: Data Models & Keys (30 MCQs)
Q71. A data model that organises data in a tree-like structure with parent-child relationships is the:
(A) Relational model
(B) Hierarchical model
(C) Network model
(D) Object model
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hierarchical model
Explanation: The hierarchical data model organises data in a tree structure where each record has one parent. It uses parent-child relationships. It was used in early database systems.
Q72. A data model where a record can have multiple parent and child records is the:
(A) Hierarchical model
(B) Network model
(C) Relational model
(D) Flat model
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Network model
Explanation: The network data model allows each record to have multiple parent and child records, forming a graph-like structure. It is more flexible than the hierarchical model. It uses sets to define relationships.
Q73. The most widely used data model that organises data into tables is the:
(A) Hierarchical model
(B) Network model
(C) Relational model
(D) Object model
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Relational model
Explanation: The relational model organises data into tables (relations) made of rows and columns. It is the most widely used model today. SQL databases are based on it.
Q74. In the relational model, a table is also called a:
(A) Tuple
(B) Relation
(C) Attribute
(D) Domain
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Relation
Explanation: In the relational model, a table is formally called a relation. It consists of rows and columns. The term comes from the mathematical concept of relations.
Q75. In a relational table, a single row is also called a:
(A) Attribute
(B) Tuple
(C) Domain
(D) Schema
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Tuple
Explanation: A single row in a relational table is called a tuple. Each tuple represents one record or entity instance. It contains values for all the attributes.
Q76. In a relational table, a column is also called a/an:
(A) Tuple
(B) Attribute
(C) Relation
(D) Instance
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Attribute
Explanation: A column in a relational table is called an attribute. Each attribute represents a property of the entity. For example, Name and Age are attributes.
Q77. The number of attributes (columns) in a relation is called its:
(A) Cardinality
(B) Degree
(C) Domain
(D) Tuple
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Degree
Explanation: The degree of a relation is the number of attributes or columns it has. For example, a table with five columns has a degree of five. It describes the table's width.
Q78. The number of tuples (rows) in a relation is called its:
(A) Degree
(B) Cardinality
(C) Domain
(D) Schema
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Cardinality
Explanation: The cardinality of a relation is the number of tuples or rows it contains. It describes how many records are in the table. It changes as records are added or removed.
Q79. The set of allowable values for an attribute is called its:
(A) Degree
(B) Domain
(C) Tuple
(D) Key
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Domain
Explanation: The domain of an attribute is the set of all possible valid values it can hold. For example, the domain of Age could be positive integers. It defines valid data for the column.
Q80. A field that uniquely identifies each record in a table is called the:
(A) Foreign key
(B) Primary key
(C) Index
(D) Domain
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Primary key
Explanation: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a table, and its values cannot be duplicated or NULL. Each table can have only one primary key. It ensures every record is distinct.
Q81. A primary key cannot contain which type of value?
(A) Numbers
(B) Text
(C) NULL (empty) values
(D) Dates
Show Answer
Answer: (C) NULL (empty) values
Explanation: A primary key cannot contain NULL values because it must uniquely identify every record. Each record needs a valid primary key value. This is a key rule of primary keys.
Q82. An attribute in one table that refers to the primary key of another table is a:
(A) Primary key
(B) Foreign key
(C) Candidate key
(D) Super key
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Foreign key
Explanation: A foreign key is an attribute in one table that links to the primary key of another table. It establishes a relationship between the two tables. It maintains referential integrity.
Q83. A foreign key is mainly used to:
(A) Speed up the CPU
(B) Establish a relationship between two tables
(C) Delete data
(D) Format the table
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Establish a relationship between two tables
Explanation: A foreign key creates a link between two tables by referencing the primary key of another table. This enforces relationships and referential integrity. It connects related data across tables.
Q84. An attribute or set of attributes that can uniquely identify a tuple is called a:
(A) Foreign key
(B) Candidate key
(C) Domain
(D) Index
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Candidate key
Explanation: A candidate key is any attribute or combination of attributes that can uniquely identify a record. A table can have several candidate keys. One of them is chosen as the primary key.
Q85. Candidate keys that are not chosen as the primary key are called:
(A) Foreign keys
(B) Alternate keys
(C) Super keys
(D) Composite keys
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Alternate keys
Explanation: Alternate keys are the candidate keys that were not selected as the primary key. They could also uniquely identify records. They remain as backup unique identifiers.
Q86. A key made up of two or more attributes combined to uniquely identify a record is a:
(A) Primary key
(B) Composite key
(C) Foreign key
(D) Super key
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Composite key
Explanation: A composite key is a key that uses two or more columns together to uniquely identify a record. No single column alone is unique, but the combination is. It is used when one column is not enough.
Q87. A superset of a candidate key, which uniquely identifies a tuple, is called a:
(A) Super key
(B) Foreign key
(C) Alternate key
(D) Domain
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Super key
Explanation: A super key is any set of attributes that can uniquely identify a tuple, possibly with extra attributes. A candidate key is a minimal super key. Every candidate key is a super key, but not vice versa.
Q88. A constraint that ensures all values in a column are different is the:
(A) NOT NULL
(B) UNIQUE
(C) DEFAULT
(D) CHECK
Show Answer
Answer: (B) UNIQUE
Explanation: The UNIQUE constraint ensures that all values in a column are different from one another. Unlike a primary key, a table can have multiple unique constraints. It allows one NULL in most systems.
Q89. A constraint that ensures a column cannot have an empty value is:
(A) UNIQUE
(B) NOT NULL
(C) CHECK
(D) DEFAULT
Show Answer
Answer: (B) NOT NULL
Explanation: The NOT NULL constraint ensures that a column must always contain a value and cannot be left empty. It prevents missing data in important fields. It is often used with primary keys.
Q90. An ER diagram is used to:
(A) Print reports
(B) Visually represent entities and their relationships
(C) Encrypt data
(D) Compress files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Visually represent entities and their relationships
Explanation: An Entity-Relationship (ER) diagram is a visual tool that represents entities, their attributes, and the relationships among them. It is used in database design. It helps plan the database structure.
Q91. In an ER model, a real-world object such as a student or product is called a/an:
(A) Attribute
(B) Entity
(C) Relationship
(D) Tuple
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Entity
Explanation: An entity is a real-world object or concept, such as a student, product, or employee, about which data is stored. Each entity has attributes. Entities become tables in the relational model.
Q92. In an ER diagram, an oval/ellipse symbol usually represents a/an:
(A) Entity
(B) Attribute
(C) Relationship
(D) Key
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Attribute
Explanation: In an ER diagram, an ellipse (oval) represents an attribute of an entity. A rectangle represents an entity, and a diamond represents a relationship. These symbols standardise ER diagrams.
Q93. In an ER diagram, a diamond shape represents a/an:
(A) Entity
(B) Attribute
(C) Relationship
(D) Domain
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Relationship
Explanation: In an ER diagram, the diamond shape represents a relationship between entities. It shows how entities are associated. For example, a studies relationship links students and courses.
Q94. A relationship where one record relates to many records is called a:
(A) One-to-one
(B) One-to-many
(C) Many-to-many
(D) None-to-one
Show Answer
Answer: (B) One-to-many
Explanation: A one-to-many relationship means one record in a table can be linked to many records in another table. For example, one teacher teaches many students. It is the most common relationship type.
Q95. A relationship where many records relate to many records is called a:
(A) One-to-one
(B) One-to-many
(C) Many-to-many
(D) Single relationship
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Many-to-many
Explanation: A many-to-many relationship means many records in one table relate to many records in another. For example, many students enrol in many courses. It is usually implemented using a junction table.
Q96. The relationship type where each record in one table matches exactly one in another is:
(A) One-to-one
(B) One-to-many
(C) Many-to-many
(D) Many-to-one
Show Answer
Answer: (A) One-to-one
Explanation: A one-to-one relationship means each record in one table is linked to exactly one record in another table. For example, one person has one passport. It is less common than other types.
Q97. Referential integrity ensures that:
(A) Data is encrypted
(B) A foreign key value must match a primary key value or be NULL
(C) All data is deleted
(D) Tables have no keys
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A foreign key value must match a primary key value or be NULL
Explanation: Referential integrity ensures that a foreign key value always matches an existing primary key value in the related table, or is NULL. This keeps relationships valid. It prevents orphaned records.
Q98. Which key is automatically required to be unique and not null?
(A) Foreign key
(B) Primary key
(C) Alternate key
(D) Domain
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Primary key
Explanation: The primary key is automatically required to be both unique and not null so it can identify each record. These two properties are built into the primary key. They guarantee distinct records.
Q99. Which of the following is the simplest data model where data is stored in a single table?
(A) Hierarchical model
(B) Flat file model
(C) Network model
(D) Relational model
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Flat file model
Explanation: The flat file model is the simplest, storing all data in a single table or file without relationships. It is easy but causes redundancy in large datasets. More advanced models solve these issues.
Q100. The relational model was proposed by:
(A) Charles Babbage
(B) E.F. Codd
(C) Dennis Ritchie
(D) Tim Berners-Lee
Show Answer
Answer: (B) E.F. Codd
Explanation: The relational model was proposed by E.F. Codd in 1970 while working at IBM. It revolutionised database design by using tables and relationships. It remains the foundation of modern databases.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 9: Computer Security & Viruses
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Types of Viruses, Worms & Trojans (35 MCQs)
Q1. A computer virus is a type of:
(A) Hardware
(B) Malicious software (malware)
(C) Network cable
(D) Operating system
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Malicious software (malware)
Explanation: A computer virus is a type of malicious software that attaches itself to programs or files and spreads to other computers. It can corrupt or delete data. It usually needs human action to spread.
Q2. The general term for any harmful software is:
(A) Freeware
(B) Malware
(C) Firmware
(D) Shareware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Malware
Explanation: Malware is the general term for any malicious software designed to harm or exploit systems. It includes viruses, worms, trojans, and spyware. The word combines malicious and software.
Q3. A computer virus typically spreads when:
(A) The computer is turned off
(B) An infected file or program is shared or run
(C) The monitor is cleaned
(D) The keyboard is replaced
Show Answer
Answer: (B) An infected file or program is shared or run
Explanation: A virus spreads when an infected file or program is opened, shared, or executed by a user. It then attaches to other files. Human action usually triggers its spread.
Q4. A self-replicating malware that spreads across networks without human action is a:
(A) Virus
(B) Worm
(C) Trojan
(D) Cookie
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Worm
Explanation: A worm is a type of malware that copies itself and spreads automatically across networks without needing a host file or human action. It can consume bandwidth and slow systems. This makes it spread faster than a virus.
Q5. A malware disguised as legitimate software to trick users is a:
(A) Worm
(B) Trojan horse
(C) Boot virus
(D) Macro virus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Trojan horse
Explanation: A Trojan horse appears to be useful or harmless software but secretly performs malicious actions. Unlike viruses, it does not replicate itself. Users are tricked into installing it.
Q6. Which of the following best distinguishes a worm from a virus?
(A) A worm needs a host file
(B) A worm spreads on its own without a host
(C) A worm cannot harm data
(D) A worm is hardware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A worm spreads on its own without a host
Explanation: A worm spreads independently across networks without attaching to a host file, while a virus needs a host program to spread. This makes worms more autonomous. Both can cause damage.
Q7. A virus that infects the boot sector of a storage device is called a:
(A) Macro virus
(B) Boot sector virus
(C) File virus
(D) Worm
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Boot sector virus
Explanation: A boot sector virus infects the boot sector of a hard disk or USB drive, loading when the computer starts. It can prevent the system from booting properly. It activates very early in startup.
Q8. A virus that infects documents through macros in programs like MS Word is a:
(A) Boot virus
(B) Macro virus
(C) Worm
(D) Rootkit
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Macro virus
Explanation: A macro virus is written in the macro language of applications like MS Word or Excel. It infects documents and spreads when the file is opened. Disabling macros helps prevent it.
Q9. Malware that secretly records a user's keystrokes is called a:
(A) Keylogger
(B) Firewall
(C) Cookie
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Keylogger
Explanation: A keylogger is malware that secretly records every keystroke a user types, including passwords. The captured data is sent to attackers. It is used to steal sensitive information.
Q10. Malware that secretly gathers user information without consent is called:
(A) Spyware
(B) Freeware
(C) Firmware
(D) Shareware
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Spyware
Explanation: Spyware is malware that secretly collects information about a user's activities and sends it to others. It can track browsing habits and personal data. It operates without the user's knowledge.
Q11. Software that automatically displays unwanted advertisements is called:
(A) Adware
(B) Spyware
(C) Antivirus
(D) Firewall
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Adware
Explanation: Adware is software that automatically shows unwanted advertisements, often in pop-ups. Some adware also tracks user behaviour. It can slow down the system and be annoying.
Q12. Malware that locks or encrypts files and demands payment to unlock them is called:
(A) Ransomware
(B) Adware
(C) Spyware
(D) Worm
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ransomware
Explanation: Ransomware encrypts a victim's files and demands a ransom payment to restore access. It can cause major data loss and financial damage. Regular backups help protect against it.
Q13. Malware that hides deep in a system to gain hidden, privileged control is a:
(A) Cookie
(B) Rootkit
(C) Cache
(D) Macro
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Rootkit
Explanation: A rootkit is malware designed to gain hidden, privileged access to a computer while concealing its presence. It is hard to detect and remove. It can give attackers full control.
Q14. A malicious program that triggers when a specific condition or date is met is called a:
(A) Logic bomb
(B) Firewall
(C) Cookie
(D) Driver
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Logic bomb
Explanation: A logic bomb is malicious code that activates when certain conditions are met, such as a specific date or event. Until then, it stays hidden and inactive. It can cause sudden damage.
Q15. Which of the following is a symptom of a virus infection?
(A) Faster performance
(B) Unusual slowdowns, crashes, and strange behaviour
(C) More storage space
(D) Better internet speed
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Unusual slowdowns, crashes, and strange behaviour
Explanation: Common signs of virus infection include slow performance, frequent crashes, unexpected pop-ups, and files behaving strangely. These indicate the system may be compromised. Antivirus scans can confirm it.
Q16. A virus that changes its code each time it infects to avoid detection is a:
(A) Macro virus
(B) Polymorphic virus
(C) Boot virus
(D) Worm
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Polymorphic virus
Explanation: A polymorphic virus changes its code or appearance each time it infects a new file to evade antivirus detection. This makes it harder to identify. Advanced antivirus tools are needed to catch it.
Q17. A virus that attaches itself to executable program files is a:
(A) Boot virus
(B) File (program) virus
(C) Macro virus
(D) Worm
Show Answer
Answer: (B) File (program) virus
Explanation: A file or program virus attaches itself to executable files (like .exe) and runs when the program is opened. It then spreads to other programs. It is one of the most common virus types.
Q18. Which of the following is NOT a type of malware?
(A) Virus
(B) Worm
(C) Trojan
(D) Firewall
Show Answer
Answer: (D) Firewall
Explanation: A firewall is a security tool that protects against malware, not a type of malware itself. Viruses, worms, and trojans are all malware. The firewall defends the system.
Q19. A fake antivirus that tricks users into paying for fake threats is called:
(A) Scareware
(B) Freeware
(C) Firmware
(D) Adware
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Scareware
Explanation: Scareware tricks users by displaying fake security warnings to scare them into buying useless or harmful software. It exploits fear of viruses. It is a form of social-engineering malware.
Q20. A network of infected computers controlled remotely by an attacker is called a:
(A) Botnet
(B) Intranet
(C) Extranet
(D) Ethernet
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Botnet
Explanation: A botnet is a network of compromised computers (bots) controlled remotely by an attacker. It is often used to send spam or launch attacks. The infected machines act without their owners' knowledge.
Q21. The main difference between a Trojan and a virus is that a Trojan:
(A) Replicates itself
(B) Does not replicate and relies on tricking the user
(C) Is hardware
(D) Cannot cause harm
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Does not replicate and relies on tricking the user
Explanation: A Trojan does not replicate itself like a virus; instead, it disguises itself as legitimate software to trick users into installing it. Once inside, it performs harmful actions. Deception is its key feature.
Q22. Which malware can spread very rapidly and consume network bandwidth?
(A) Worm
(B) Macro virus
(C) Cookie
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Worm
Explanation: A worm can spread extremely fast across networks because it self-replicates without human action. This rapid spreading can consume large amounts of network bandwidth. It may slow or crash networks.
Q23. The harmful action a virus performs is often called its:
(A) Payload
(B) Cache
(C) Cookie
(D) Index
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Payload
Explanation: The payload of a virus is the malicious action it carries out, such as deleting files or corrupting data. It is the damaging part of the malware. Some payloads activate under certain conditions.
Q24. Which of the following can a computer virus do?
(A) Repair hardware
(B) Corrupt or delete data
(C) Increase RAM
(D) Cool the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Corrupt or delete data
Explanation: A computer virus can corrupt, delete, or alter data and disrupt normal system operations. It may also slow down or crash the system. It causes harm rather than benefit.
Q25. Email attachments from unknown senders are risky because they may contain:
(A) Free gifts
(B) Malware such as viruses or trojans
(C) Extra storage
(D) Faster internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Malware such as viruses or trojans
Explanation: Attachments from unknown senders can carry malware like viruses or trojans that infect the system when opened. This is a common way malware spreads. Such attachments should not be opened.
Q26. A virus that stays in memory and infects files as they are accessed is a:
(A) Resident virus
(B) Boot virus
(C) Macro virus
(D) Worm
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Resident virus
Explanation: A resident virus loads itself into the computer's memory and infects files as they are opened or run. It remains active even after the original program closes. It can infect many files over time.
Q27. A 'time bomb' is malware that activates:
(A) When the mouse moves
(B) At a specific date or time
(C) When the printer starts
(D) Never
Show Answer
Answer: (B) At a specific date or time
Explanation: A time bomb is a type of logic bomb that triggers its malicious action at a specific date or time. Until then, it remains dormant. It is set to cause damage at a planned moment.
Q28. Which of the following is a way viruses commonly enter a computer?
(A) Clean installation media
(B) Infected USB drives and downloads
(C) A new monitor
(D) A working keyboard
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Infected USB drives and downloads
Explanation: Viruses commonly enter through infected USB drives, downloaded files, email attachments, and malicious websites. These are typical infection sources. Caution with such sources reduces risk.
Q29. Malware that gives an attacker remote control over a victim's computer is often called a:
(A) Backdoor
(B) Firewall
(C) Cookie
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Backdoor
Explanation: A backdoor is a hidden method that bypasses normal security to give attackers remote access to a system. It can be installed by trojans or other malware. It allows ongoing unauthorised control.
Q30. Which statement about computer viruses is TRUE?
(A) They are beneficial programs
(B) They are man-made malicious programs
(C) They occur naturally
(D) They improve performance
Show Answer
Answer: (B) They are man-made malicious programs
Explanation: Computer viruses are deliberately created malicious programs written by people to cause harm. They do not occur naturally. They are designed to damage systems or steal data.
Q31. The practice of regularly scanning a computer helps to:
(A) Increase virus spread
(B) Detect and remove malware early
(C) Delete the OS
(D) Slow the CPU permanently
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Detect and remove malware early
Explanation: Regular scanning with antivirus software helps detect and remove malware before it causes serious damage. Early detection limits harm. It is a key part of good security practice.
Q32. Which of these is a famous historical example of a computer worm?
(A) MS Word
(B) ILOVEYOU / Morris worm
(C) Windows 10
(D) Google Chrome
Show Answer
Answer: (B) ILOVEYOU / Morris worm
Explanation: The ILOVEYOU worm and the Morris worm are well-known historical examples of worms that spread rapidly and caused widespread damage. They highlighted the dangers of self-replicating malware. They affected millions of computers.
Q33. A 'hoax' virus warning is:
(A) A real virus
(B) A false alarm message that spreads fear
(C) An antivirus
(D) A firewall
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A false alarm message that spreads fear
Explanation: A virus hoax is a false warning, often spread by email, claiming a non-existent virus threat. It causes unnecessary panic and may trick users into harmful actions. It is not actual malware.
Q34. Which malware specifically targets and steals banking or financial information?
(A) Banking Trojan
(B) Adware
(C) Cookie
(D) Cache
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Banking Trojan
Explanation: A banking trojan is malware designed to steal online banking credentials and financial information. It often disguises itself and monitors banking activity. It can lead to financial theft.
Q35. The best first step if you suspect a virus infection is to:
(A) Share more files
(B) Disconnect from the network and run an antivirus scan
(C) Open more attachments
(D) Disable the antivirus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Disconnect from the network and run an antivirus scan
Explanation: If a virus is suspected, it is best to disconnect from the network to stop it spreading and run a full antivirus scan. This contains the threat and helps remove it. Quick action limits the damage.
Sub-Topic 2: Antivirus, Firewall & Hacking Basics (35 MCQs)
Q36. Antivirus software is mainly used to:
(A) Create viruses
(B) Detect, prevent, and remove malware
(C) Speed up the internet
(D) Edit photos
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Detect, prevent, and remove malware
Explanation: Antivirus software is designed to detect, prevent, and remove viruses and other malware from a computer. It scans files and monitors activity. It is essential for system protection.
Q37. Which of the following is an example of antivirus software?
(A) MS Word
(B) Quick Heal
(C) Chrome
(D) Excel
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Quick Heal
Explanation: Quick Heal is an example of antivirus software. Other examples include Norton, McAfee, and Avast. They protect computers from malware threats.
Q38. Antivirus programs detect known viruses by comparing files against a database of:
(A) Cookies
(B) Virus signatures
(C) Pixels
(D) Fonts
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Virus signatures
Explanation: Antivirus software uses a database of virus signatures, which are unique patterns of known malware. It compares files against these signatures to detect threats. The database must be updated regularly.
Q39. Why is it important to regularly update antivirus software?
(A) To slow the computer
(B) To recognise and protect against the latest threats
(C) To delete files
(D) To remove the OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) To recognise and protect against the latest threats
Explanation: Regular updates keep the antivirus database current so it can detect newly discovered malware. New threats appear constantly. Outdated antivirus may miss recent viruses.
Q40. A detection method that identifies new, unknown viruses by analysing behaviour is called:
(A) Signature-based detection
(B) Heuristic detection
(C) Compression
(D) Encryption
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Heuristic detection
Explanation: Heuristic detection analyses the behaviour and characteristics of programs to identify new or unknown viruses. It does not rely solely on known signatures. This helps catch new threats.
Q41. A firewall in a security context is mainly used to:
(A) Cool the CPU
(B) Monitor and control network traffic to block threats
(C) Edit documents
(D) Increase RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Monitor and control network traffic to block threats
Explanation: A firewall monitors incoming and outgoing network traffic and blocks unauthorised or harmful connections based on security rules. It acts as a barrier between trusted and untrusted networks. It is a key defence layer.
Q42. Which of the following is a type of firewall?
(A) Hardware and software firewall
(B) Pixel firewall
(C) Cookie firewall
(D) Cache firewall
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Hardware and software firewall
Explanation: Firewalls can be hardware-based, software-based, or a combination of both. Hardware firewalls are physical devices, while software firewalls run on computers. Both filter network traffic.
Q43. Gaining unauthorised access to a computer system is called:
(A) Hacking
(B) Booting
(C) Formatting
(D) Browsing
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Hacking
Explanation: Hacking is the act of gaining unauthorised access to computer systems or networks. It can be done for malicious or ethical purposes. Unauthorised hacking is illegal.
Q44. A hacker who breaks into systems with permission to improve security is called a:
(A) Black hat hacker
(B) White hat hacker
(C) Grey hat hacker
(D) Script kiddie
Show Answer
Answer: (B) White hat hacker
Explanation: A white hat hacker, also called an ethical hacker, breaks into systems legally and with permission to find and fix security weaknesses. They help organisations improve defences. Their work is legal and beneficial.
Q45. A hacker who breaks into systems illegally for personal gain or harm is a:
(A) White hat hacker
(B) Black hat hacker
(C) Ethical hacker
(D) Security auditor
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Black hat hacker
Explanation: A black hat hacker breaks into systems illegally to steal data, cause damage, or for personal gain. Their actions are criminal. They are the opposite of white hat hackers.
Q46. A hacker who falls between ethical and malicious hacking is a:
(A) White hat hacker
(B) Black hat hacker
(C) Grey hat hacker
(D) Blue hat hacker
Show Answer
Answer: (C) Grey hat hacker
Explanation: A grey hat hacker may break into systems without permission but without malicious intent, often to expose vulnerabilities. Their actions can still be illegal. They sit between white and black hats.
Q47. The legal and authorised testing of systems for weaknesses is called:
(A) Ethical hacking
(B) Cyber crime
(C) Phishing
(D) Spamming
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Ethical hacking
Explanation: Ethical hacking is the authorised practice of testing systems to find security weaknesses before malicious hackers can exploit them. It is done with permission. It strengthens overall security.
Q48. Tricking users into revealing sensitive information through fake emails or websites is called:
(A) Phishing
(B) Booting
(C) Caching
(D) Sorting
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Phishing
Explanation: Phishing is a cyber attack where fake emails or websites trick users into revealing sensitive information like passwords and bank details. It relies on deception. Users should verify before sharing data.
Q49. Pretending to be a trusted source by faking an identity or address is called:
(A) Spoofing
(B) Compiling
(C) Indexing
(D) Formatting
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Spoofing
Explanation: Spoofing is when an attacker disguises their identity by faking an email address, website, or IP to appear trustworthy. It is used to deceive victims. Email and IP spoofing are common types.
Q50. An attack that floods a server with traffic to make it unavailable is a:
(A) Phishing attack
(B) Denial of Service (DoS) attack
(C) Spoofing
(D) Backup
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Denial of Service (DoS) attack
Explanation: A Denial of Service (DoS) attack overwhelms a server or network with excessive traffic, making it unavailable to legitimate users. A distributed version (DDoS) uses many computers. It disrupts services.
Q51. Repeatedly trying many password combinations to break in is called a:
(A) Brute force attack
(B) Backup
(C) Encryption
(D) Compression
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Brute force attack
Explanation: A brute force attack tries many possible password combinations until the correct one is found. Strong, complex passwords make it harder. Account lockouts also help prevent it.
Q52. Converting data into a coded form to protect it is called:
(A) Compression
(B) Encryption
(C) Formatting
(D) Indexing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Encryption
Explanation: Encryption converts readable data into a coded form that can only be read with the correct key. It protects data from unauthorised access. Decryption reverses the process.
Q53. The process of converting encrypted data back into its original form is called:
(A) Encryption
(B) Decryption
(C) Compression
(D) Hashing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Decryption
Explanation: Decryption is the process of converting encrypted (coded) data back into its original readable form using a key. It is the reverse of encryption. Only authorised users with the key can decrypt.
Q54. Using two different methods to verify identity for login is called:
(A) Single sign-on
(B) Two-factor authentication (2FA)
(C) Spoofing
(D) Phishing
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Two-factor authentication (2FA)
Explanation: Two-factor authentication (2FA) requires two forms of verification, such as a password plus an OTP, to log in. It adds an extra layer of security. Even if one factor is stolen, access is harder.
Q55. A 'strong password' usually contains:
(A) Only the user's name
(B) A mix of letters, numbers, and special characters
(C) Only 1234
(D) Only lowercase letters
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A mix of letters, numbers, and special characters
Explanation: A strong password combines uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and special characters, and is long. This makes it harder to guess or crack. Avoiding common words improves strength.
Q56. Which of the following is the safest practice for passwords?
(A) Using the same password everywhere
(B) Using unique strong passwords for different accounts
(C) Sharing passwords
(D) Writing them publicly
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Using unique strong passwords for different accounts
Explanation: Using a unique, strong password for each account limits damage if one password is compromised. Reusing passwords is risky. Password managers can help manage them safely.
Q57. Antivirus 'real-time protection' means it:
(A) Scans only once a year
(B) Continuously monitors for threats as they occur
(C) Deletes the OS
(D) Disables the firewall
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Continuously monitors for threats as they occur
Explanation: Real-time protection continuously monitors the system and blocks threats as they appear, rather than only during scheduled scans. It provides ongoing defence. It catches malware before it acts.
Q58. A 'patch' or security update is important because it:
(A) Adds viruses
(B) Fixes security vulnerabilities in software
(C) Slows the computer
(D) Deletes files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Fixes security vulnerabilities in software
Explanation: Security patches fix known vulnerabilities in software that attackers could exploit. Keeping software updated closes these security gaps. Ignoring updates leaves systems exposed.
Q59. Which of the following is a basic function of a firewall?
(A) Editing documents
(B) Allowing or blocking traffic based on rules
(C) Cooling the CPU
(D) Increasing storage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Allowing or blocking traffic based on rules
Explanation: A firewall allows or blocks network traffic based on predefined security rules. Trusted traffic is allowed, while suspicious traffic is blocked. This controls what enters and leaves the network.
Q60. A program that appears useful but secretly opens access for hackers is a:
(A) Trojan/backdoor program
(B) Firewall
(C) Antivirus
(D) Spreadsheet
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Trojan/backdoor program
Explanation: A trojan can secretly install a backdoor that gives hackers access to a system while appearing to be a legitimate program. The user is unaware of the hidden threat. It enables unauthorised access.
Q61. An 'OTP' used in online transactions stands for:
(A) One Time Password
(B) Online Transfer Protocol
(C) Open Trusted Page
(D) Only Text Page
Show Answer
Answer: (A) One Time Password
Explanation: OTP stands for One Time Password, a temporary code sent to a user for a single login or transaction. It adds security because it expires quickly. It is commonly used in banking.
Q62. Which of the following helps protect against unauthorised network access?
(A) Removing the firewall
(B) Using a firewall
(C) Disabling antivirus
(D) Sharing passwords
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Using a firewall
Explanation: Using a firewall helps protect a system by controlling and blocking unauthorised network access. It is a primary network defence. Disabling it or sharing passwords increases risk.
Q63. The practice of manipulating people into revealing confidential information is called:
(A) Social engineering
(B) Compiling
(C) Indexing
(D) Defragmenting
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Social engineering
Explanation: Social engineering manipulates people psychologically to trick them into giving away confidential information or access. It targets human trust rather than technical flaws. Phishing is a common example.
Q64. A 'firewall' is best described as a barrier between:
(A) The keyboard and mouse
(B) A trusted internal network and untrusted external networks
(C) Two monitors
(D) RAM and ROM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A trusted internal network and untrusted external networks
Explanation: A firewall acts as a barrier between a trusted internal network and untrusted external networks like the internet. It filters traffic crossing this boundary. This protects the internal network.
Q65. Antivirus 'quarantine' means the suspicious file is:
(A) Deleted instantly
(B) Isolated to prevent it from harming the system
(C) Opened automatically
(D) Shared online
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Isolated to prevent it from harming the system
Explanation: Quarantine isolates a suspicious or infected file so it cannot harm the system or spread. The file is held in a safe area for review. The user can then decide to delete or restore it.
Q66. An attacker secretly intercepting communication between two parties performs a:
(A) Man-in-the-middle attack
(B) Backup
(C) Defragmentation
(D) Compilation
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Man-in-the-middle attack
Explanation: In a man-in-the-middle attack, the attacker secretly intercepts and possibly alters communication between two parties without their knowledge. It can steal or modify data. Encryption helps prevent it.
Q67. Which is a good practice when using public Wi-Fi?
(A) Doing banking freely
(B) Avoiding sensitive transactions or using a VPN
(C) Sharing passwords openly
(D) Disabling all security
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Avoiding sensitive transactions or using a VPN
Explanation: On public Wi-Fi, it is safer to avoid sensitive transactions or use a VPN to encrypt the connection. Public networks are less secure and can be monitored. A VPN protects your data.
Q68. A VPN (Virtual Private Network) is mainly used to:
(A) Increase virus spread
(B) Create a secure, encrypted connection over the internet
(C) Delete files
(D) Print documents
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Create a secure, encrypted connection over the internet
Explanation: A VPN creates a secure, encrypted connection over the internet, protecting data and hiding the user's location. It is useful on untrusted networks. It enhances privacy and security.
Q69. Which of the following best improves overall computer security?
(A) Disabling updates
(B) Using antivirus, firewall, and strong passwords together
(C) Sharing all data
(D) Opening unknown links
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Using antivirus, firewall, and strong passwords together
Explanation: Strong security comes from combining multiple measures like antivirus, a firewall, strong passwords, and regular updates. This layered approach is more effective than any single method. It is called defence in depth.
Q70. Inexperienced attackers who use ready-made hacking tools are often called:
(A) Script kiddies
(B) White hats
(C) Administrators
(D) Engineers
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Script kiddies
Explanation: Script kiddies are inexperienced attackers who use pre-made hacking tools and scripts without deep knowledge. They rely on others' tools. Despite low skill, they can still cause harm.
Sub-Topic 3: Cyber Security Awareness (30 MCQs)
Q71. Cyber security is mainly concerned with:
(A) Cleaning hardware
(B) Protecting systems, networks, and data from digital attacks
(C) Printing documents
(D) Cooling the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Protecting systems, networks, and data from digital attacks
Explanation: Cyber security involves protecting computers, networks, programs, and data from unauthorised access, attacks, and damage. It covers technology, processes, and user awareness. Its goal is to keep digital information safe.
Q72. The three core principles of information security (CIA triad) are:
(A) Confidentiality, Integrity, Availability
(B) Control, Internet, Access
(C) Cost, Income, Audit
(D) Cache, Index, Array
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Confidentiality, Integrity, Availability
Explanation: The CIA triad stands for Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability, the three pillars of information security. Confidentiality protects privacy, integrity ensures accuracy, and availability ensures access. They guide security planning.
Q73. In the CIA triad, 'Confidentiality' means:
(A) Data is available to everyone
(B) Data is kept private and accessible only to authorised people
(C) Data is deleted
(D) Data is duplicated
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Data is kept private and accessible only to authorised people
Explanation: Confidentiality means ensuring that data is kept private and accessible only to authorised individuals. It prevents unauthorised disclosure. Methods like encryption and access control support it.
Q74. An unsolicited bulk email, often used to spread scams, is called:
(A) Spam
(B) Backup
(C) Cache
(D) Patch
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Spam
Explanation: Spam refers to unwanted bulk emails, often sent for advertising or to spread scams and malware. Email filters help block it. Users should avoid clicking links in spam.
Q75. Stealing someone's personal information to impersonate them is called:
(A) Identity theft
(B) Backup
(C) Encryption
(D) Compression
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Identity theft
Explanation: Identity theft is the crime of stealing someone's personal information to impersonate them, often for financial gain. It can lead to fraud and financial loss. Protecting personal data helps prevent it.
Q76. Any criminal activity carried out using computers or the internet is called:
(A) Cyber crime
(B) Booting
(C) Formatting
(D) Indexing
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Cyber crime
Explanation: Cyber crime refers to illegal activities committed using computers or the internet, such as hacking, fraud, and identity theft. It is a growing global concern. Laws exist to punish such crimes.
Q77. In India, the main law dealing with cyber crime and electronic commerce is the:
(A) IT Act, 2000
(B) RTI Act
(C) Motor Vehicles Act
(D) Companies Act
Show Answer
Answer: (A) IT Act, 2000
Explanation: The Information Technology (IT) Act, 2000 is India's primary law governing cyber crime, electronic records, and digital signatures. It provides legal recognition to electronic transactions. It also defines penalties for cyber offences.
Q78. Which of the following is a sign of a phishing email?
(A) A trusted, expected message
(B) Urgent requests for personal or banking details
(C) A normal newsletter
(D) A blank email
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Urgent requests for personal or banking details
Explanation: Phishing emails often create a sense of urgency and ask for personal or banking details, sometimes with suspicious links. Legitimate organisations rarely ask for sensitive data by email. Such emails should be treated with caution.
Q79. Regularly backing up data helps to:
(A) Spread viruses
(B) Recover data after loss, theft, or ransomware
(C) Slow the computer
(D) Delete the OS
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Recover data after loss, theft, or ransomware
Explanation: Regular backups create copies of important data so it can be restored after loss, hardware failure, theft, or ransomware attacks. They are a key defence against data loss. Backups should be stored safely.
Q80. Which of the following is the safest action with a suspicious link?
(A) Click it immediately
(B) Avoid clicking and verify the source
(C) Share it with friends
(D) Download everything
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Avoid clicking and verify the source
Explanation: Suspicious links should not be clicked; instead, the source should be verified first. Malicious links can install malware or steal data. Caution prevents many cyber attacks.
Q81. A secure website connection is indicated by:
(A) http and no lock
(B) https and a padlock symbol
(C) A red warning
(D) A blank address bar
Show Answer
Answer: (B) https and a padlock symbol
Explanation: A secure website uses https and shows a padlock symbol in the address bar, indicating an encrypted connection. This protects data entered on the site. Sensitive information should only be entered on secure sites.
Q82. Which of the following is a strong cyber hygiene practice?
(A) Ignoring software updates
(B) Keeping software and antivirus updated
(C) Using weak passwords
(D) Clicking unknown links
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Keeping software and antivirus updated
Explanation: Good cyber hygiene includes keeping software and antivirus updated, using strong passwords, and being cautious online. These habits reduce security risks. They protect systems and data.
Q83. Sharing too much personal information on social media can lead to:
(A) Better security
(B) Privacy risks and identity theft
(C) Faster internet
(D) More storage
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Privacy risks and identity theft
Explanation: Oversharing personal details on social media can expose users to privacy risks, scams, and identity theft. Attackers can use this information against victims. Limiting shared information is safer.
Q84. A digital signature is mainly used to:
(A) Decorate documents
(B) Verify the authenticity and integrity of a document
(C) Delete files
(D) Increase RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Verify the authenticity and integrity of a document
Explanation: A digital signature verifies the identity of the sender and confirms that a document has not been altered. It provides authenticity and integrity. It is widely used in secure electronic transactions.
Q85. Which of the following is considered personal/sensitive information online?
(A) Public news headlines
(B) Passwords, bank details, and Aadhaar number
(C) Weather reports
(D) General articles
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Passwords, bank details, and Aadhaar number
Explanation: Sensitive personal information includes passwords, bank account details, and identity numbers like Aadhaar. Such data must be protected from unauthorised access. Sharing it carelessly is risky.
Q86. What should you do before entering card details on a shopping website?
(A) Ignore the URL
(B) Check that the site uses https and is trustworthy
(C) Share details by email
(D) Disable the firewall
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Check that the site uses https and is trustworthy
Explanation: Before entering card details, ensure the website uses https and is a trustworthy, well-known site. This reduces the risk of fraud. Avoid entering payment details on unsecured sites.
Q87. The 'I' in the CIA triad (Integrity) ensures that:
(A) Data is always public
(B) Data is accurate and not altered without authorisation
(C) Data is deleted daily
(D) Data is duplicated
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Data is accurate and not altered without authorisation
Explanation: Integrity ensures that data remains accurate, complete, and unaltered except by authorised changes. It prevents unauthorised modification. This keeps information trustworthy.
Q88. The 'A' in the CIA triad (Availability) ensures that:
(A) Data is hidden forever
(B) Authorised users can access data when needed
(C) Data is encrypted only
(D) Data is deleted
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Authorised users can access data when needed
Explanation: Availability ensures that systems and data are accessible to authorised users whenever they are needed. Attacks like DoS threaten availability. Reliable systems maintain it.
Q89. A common method to protect data privacy is to:
(A) Disable passwords
(B) Use encryption
(C) Share data openly
(D) Remove antivirus
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Use encryption
Explanation: Encryption is a common method to protect data privacy by making it unreadable to unauthorised users. Only those with the key can access it. It safeguards sensitive information.
Q90. Logging out of accounts on shared computers is important to:
(A) Slow the system
(B) Prevent unauthorised access to your accounts
(C) Spread viruses
(D) Delete files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Prevent unauthorised access to your accounts
Explanation: Logging out on shared or public computers prevents others from accessing your accounts after you leave. Staying logged in is a security risk. Always log out to protect your data.
Q91. Which of the following is an example of multi-factor authentication?
(A) Only a username
(B) Password plus an OTP sent to your phone
(C) Only a password
(D) Just an email address
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Password plus an OTP sent to your phone
Explanation: Multi-factor authentication combines two or more verification methods, such as a password and an OTP sent to your phone. This makes accounts more secure. Even a stolen password is not enough to log in.
Q92. Why should you avoid downloading software from untrusted sources?
(A) It is always faster
(B) It may contain malware
(C) It improves security
(D) It is free of risk
Show Answer
Answer: (B) It may contain malware
Explanation: Software from untrusted or unofficial sources may contain hidden malware that infects your system. Downloading from official sources is safer. This reduces the risk of infection.
Q93. A 'data breach' refers to:
(A) Backing up data
(B) Unauthorised access or exposure of sensitive data
(C) Encrypting data
(D) Compressing data
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Unauthorised access or exposure of sensitive data
Explanation: A data breach is an incident where sensitive or confidential data is accessed or exposed without authorisation. It can affect individuals and organisations. It may lead to identity theft and financial loss.
Q94. Which of the following improves password security the most?
(A) Short passwords
(B) Long, complex, and unique passwords
(C) Using your birthdate
(D) Using 0000
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Long, complex, and unique passwords
Explanation: Long, complex, and unique passwords are much harder for attackers to guess or crack. Avoiding personal information and common patterns improves security. Password managers help maintain them.
Q95. Anti-phishing awareness mainly teaches users to:
(A) Trust all emails
(B) Recognise and avoid fraudulent emails and websites
(C) Click every link
(D) Share passwords
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Recognise and avoid fraudulent emails and websites
Explanation: Anti-phishing awareness trains users to recognise and avoid fraudulent emails, links, and websites designed to steal information. Awareness reduces successful attacks. It is a key part of cyber security.
Q96. What is the safest way to handle an unexpected attachment from a known contact?
(A) Open it immediately
(B) Verify with the sender before opening
(C) Forward it to everyone
(D) Disable antivirus first
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Verify with the sender before opening
Explanation: Even from known contacts, unexpected attachments should be verified with the sender before opening, since accounts can be compromised. Caution prevents malware infection. Verification is a safe habit.
Q97. Cookies, while useful, can raise concerns about:
(A) Faster typing
(B) User privacy and tracking
(C) Better cooling
(D) More RAM
Show Answer
Answer: (B) User privacy and tracking
Explanation: Cookies store user information and can be used to track browsing behaviour, raising privacy concerns. While they improve convenience, they can be misused. Users can manage or clear cookies for privacy.
Q98. Which is the best response to a pop-up claiming you won a prize and asking for bank details?
(A) Enter details quickly
(B) Ignore and close it as it is likely a scam
(C) Share it with friends
(D) Call the number listed
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ignore and close it as it is likely a scam
Explanation: Pop-ups claiming prizes and asking for bank details are almost always scams designed to steal information. They should be ignored and closed. Legitimate prizes do not require bank details upfront.
Q99. Keeping the operating system updated is important because updates:
(A) Add malware
(B) Often include important security fixes
(C) Slow the computer permanently
(D) Delete user data
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Often include important security fixes
Explanation: Operating system updates often include important security patches that fix vulnerabilities. Installing them protects against new threats. Delaying updates leaves the system exposed.
Q100. The overall goal of cyber security awareness is to:
(A) Increase cyber attacks
(B) Help users recognise threats and act safely online
(C) Remove all software
(D) Disable the internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Help users recognise threats and act safely online
Explanation: Cyber security awareness aims to educate users so they can recognise threats and follow safe practices online. Informed users are less likely to fall for attacks. Human awareness is a crucial layer of defence.
COMPUTER AWARENESS
Topic 10: Miscellaneous Important Topics
100 Multiple Choice Questions with Answers & Explanations
Sub-Topic 1: Computer Abbreviations & Full Forms (30 MCQs)
Q1. ALU stands for:
(A) Arithmetic Logic Unit
(B) Automatic Logic Unit
(C) Advanced Learning Unit
(D) Array Logic Unit
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Arithmetic Logic Unit
Explanation: ALU stands for Arithmetic Logic Unit, the part of the CPU that performs arithmetic and logical operations. It carries out calculations and comparisons. It works alongside the Control Unit inside the CPU.
Q2. The full form of VIRUS in computing is often given as:
(A) Very Important Resource Under Search
(B) Vital Information Resources Under Siege
(C) Virtual Internet Resource Under Security
(D) Various Internal Records Under Service
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Vital Information Resources Under Siege
Explanation: VIRUS is commonly expanded as Vital Information Resources Under Siege. It reflects how a virus attacks important data. This is a frequently asked full-form trivia question.
Q3. PDF stands for:
(A) Personal Document Format
(B) Portable Document Format
(C) Printed Data File
(D) Public Digital File
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Portable Document Format
Explanation: PDF stands for Portable Document Format, developed by Adobe. It preserves the formatting of a document across different devices. It is widely used for sharing read-only documents.
Q4. GUI stands for:
(A) General User Interface
(B) Graphical User Interface
(C) Guided Universal Input
(D) Global Unit Interface
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Graphical User Interface
Explanation: GUI stands for Graphical User Interface, which lets users interact with a computer using icons, windows, and a mouse. It is more user-friendly than typing commands. Windows and macOS use GUIs.
Q5. OCR stands for:
(A) Optical Character Recognition
(B) Online Code Reader
(C) Output Character Range
(D) Optical Cable Receiver
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Optical Character Recognition
Explanation: OCR stands for Optical Character Recognition, a technology that converts scanned printed or handwritten text into editable digital text. It is used to digitise documents. It works with scanners.
Q6. MICR, used in banking, stands for:
(A) Magnetic Ink Character Recognition
(B) Multiple Input Character Reader
(C) Magnetic Internal Code Reader
(D) Manual Ink Character Recorder
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Magnetic Ink Character Recognition
Explanation: MICR stands for Magnetic Ink Character Recognition, used mainly to process bank cheques. It reads characters printed with magnetic ink. It enables fast and secure cheque clearing.
Q7. LAN stands for:
(A) Large Area Network
(B) Local Area Network
(C) Linked Access Node
(D) Logical Area Network
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Local Area Network
Explanation: LAN stands for Local Area Network, which connects computers within a small area like an office or home. It offers high speed over short distances. It is privately owned.
Q8. WAN stands for:
(A) Wide Area Network
(B) Wireless Access Node
(C) Web Application Network
(D) Wide Access Number
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Wide Area Network
Explanation: WAN stands for Wide Area Network, which spans large geographical distances such as countries. The internet is the largest WAN. It often uses public communication lines.
Q9. HTML stands for:
(A) HyperText Markup Language
(B) High Transfer Machine Language
(C) Home Tool Markup Language
(D) Hyperlink Text Mode Language
Show Answer
Answer: (A) HyperText Markup Language
Explanation: HTML stands for HyperText Markup Language, the standard language used to create web pages. It uses tags to structure content. Browsers read HTML to display pages.
Q10. URL stands for:
(A) Universal Resource Link
(B) Uniform Resource Locator
(C) Unified Reference Line
(D) User Resource Location
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Uniform Resource Locator
Explanation: URL stands for Uniform Resource Locator, the unique address of a web page on the internet. It tells the browser where to find a resource.
Q11. CD stands for:
(A) Computer Disk
(B) Compact Disc
(C) Central Drive
(D) Code Disc
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Compact Disc
Explanation: CD stands for Compact Disc, an optical storage medium that holds about 700 MB of data. It is read using a laser. It was widely used for music and software.
Q12. DVD stands for:
(A) Digital Video Disc / Digital Versatile Disc
(B) Data Volume Disc
(C) Direct Video Drive
(D) Digital Verified Disc
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Digital Video Disc / Digital Versatile Disc
Explanation: DVD stands for Digital Versatile Disc (also Digital Video Disc), an optical disc storing about 4.7 GB. It is used for movies and large software. It has more capacity than a CD.
Q13. HDD stands for:
(A) High Density Drive
(B) Hard Disk Drive
(C) Hybrid Data Disc
(D) Hardware Data Drive
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Hard Disk Drive
Explanation: HDD stands for Hard Disk Drive, a secondary storage device using spinning magnetic platters. It stores large amounts of data permanently. SSDs are a faster modern alternative.
Q14. SSD stands for:
(A) Solid State Drive
(B) Secondary Storage Disk
(C) System Save Drive
(D) Static Storage Device
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Solid State Drive
Explanation: SSD stands for Solid State Drive, a fast storage device with no moving parts that uses flash memory. It is faster and more durable than an HDD. It is increasingly common in modern computers.
Q15. Wi-Fi commonly stands for:
(A) Wireless Fidelity
(B) Wide Frequency
(C) Wired Fidelity
(D) Wireless Frequency
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Wireless Fidelity
Explanation: Wi-Fi is commonly expanded as Wireless Fidelity, a technology for wireless local networking. It lets devices connect to a network using radio waves. It is widely used at homes and offices.
Q16. GPS stands for:
(A) Global Positioning System
(B) General Purpose Software
(C) Global Phone Service
(D) Geographic Path System
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Global Positioning System
Explanation: GPS stands for Global Positioning System, a satellite-based navigation system that provides location and time information. It is used in maps and vehicle tracking. It works anywhere on Earth.
Q17. SIM (in mobile phones) stands for:
(A) Subscriber Identity Module
(B) System Internal Memory
(C) Signal Input Module
(D) Secure Internet Mode
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Subscriber Identity Module
Explanation: SIM stands for Subscriber Identity Module, a small card that identifies a mobile user on a network. It stores the subscriber's identity and number. It is needed to make calls and use mobile data.
Q18. ATM (in banking) stands for:
(A) Automatic Teller Machine / Automated Teller Machine
(B) Any Time Money
(C) Automatic Transfer Mode
(D) Account Transaction Module
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Automatic Teller Machine / Automated Teller Machine
Explanation: ATM stands for Automated Teller Machine, a device that lets customers withdraw cash and do banking without a teller. It operates around the clock. It is widely used for self-service banking.
Q19. PIN (used with cards) stands for:
(A) Personal Identification Number
(B) Public Internet Number
(C) Primary Index Number
(D) Personal Internet Node
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Personal Identification Number
Explanation: PIN stands for Personal Identification Number, a secret numeric code used to verify identity for cards and accounts. It protects against unauthorised use. It should be kept confidential.
Q20. CAD stands for:
(A) Computer Aided Design
(B) Central Access Drive
(C) Computer Audio Device
(D) Common Application Data
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Computer Aided Design
Explanation: CAD stands for Computer Aided Design, software used by engineers and architects to create precise drawings and models. It improves accuracy and productivity. It is used in design industries.
Q21. VGA stands for:
(A) Video Graphics Array
(B) Visual General Adapter
(C) Virtual Graphics Access
(D) Video General Array
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Video Graphics Array
Explanation: VGA stands for Video Graphics Array, a standard for connecting monitors and transmitting analog video. It is an older display interface. HDMI has largely replaced it.
Q22. HDMI stands for:
(A) High Definition Multimedia Interface
(B) High Data Memory Input
(C) Hybrid Digital Media Interface
(D) High Density Media Input
Show Answer
Answer: (A) High Definition Multimedia Interface
Explanation: HDMI stands for High-Definition Multimedia Interface, which carries high-quality audio and video through a single cable. It is used to connect computers and TVs. It provides a clear digital signal.
Q23. ISP stands for:
(A) Internet Service Provider
(B) Internal System Process
(C) Internet Security Protocol
(D) Integrated Software Program
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Internet Service Provider
Explanation: ISP stands for Internet Service Provider, a company that provides internet access to users. Examples include Jio, Airtel, and BSNL. Customers pay the ISP for connectivity.
Q24. ASCII stands for:
(A) American Standard Code for Information Interchange
(B) Automatic System Code for Internet Interface
(C) American Symbol Code for Internal Information
(D) Advanced Standard Computer Interface Index
Show Answer
Answer: (A) American Standard Code for Information Interchange
Explanation: ASCII stands for American Standard Code for Information Interchange, a character encoding scheme. It assigns numeric codes to letters, digits, and symbols. Standard ASCII uses 7 bits.
Q25. DPI stands for:
(A) Dots Per Inch
(B) Data Per Image
(C) Digital Print Index
(D) Device Performance Indicator
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Dots Per Inch
Explanation: DPI stands for Dots Per Inch, a measure of print or image resolution. A higher DPI means sharper, more detailed output. It is used to describe printer and scanner quality.
Q26. OMR stands for:
(A) Optical Mark Recognition / Reader
(B) Online Memory Register
(C) Output Mode Reader
(D) Optical Memory Recorder
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Optical Mark Recognition / Reader
Explanation: OMR stands for Optical Mark Recognition (or Reader), used to detect marks on documents like exam answer sheets. It reads filled bubbles quickly. It is common in objective-type exams.
Q27. POS (used in shops) stands for:
(A) Point of Sale
(B) Print Order System
(C) Public Online Service
(D) Personal Office Software
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Point of Sale
Explanation: POS stands for Point of Sale, the place and system where a retail transaction is completed. POS machines process card payments. They are widely used in shops and stores.
Q28. UPS (for power backup) stands for:
(A) Uninterruptible Power Supply
(B) Universal Power System
(C) United Power Source
(D) Unified Processing Supply
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Uninterruptible Power Supply
Explanation: UPS stands for Uninterruptible Power Supply, a device that provides backup power during outages. It allows users to save work and shut down safely. It protects against sudden power loss.
Q29. OS stands for:
(A) Operating System
(B) Output Source
(C) Online Service
(D) Open Software
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Operating System
Explanation: OS stands for Operating System, the system software that manages hardware and runs other programs. Examples include Windows, Linux, and Android. It is essential for using a computer.
Q30. PROM stands for:
(A) Programmable Read Only Memory
(B) Primary Random Operating Memory
(C) Permanent Read Output Memory
(D) Programmed RAM Output Module
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Programmable Read Only Memory
Explanation: PROM stands for Programmable Read Only Memory, a type of ROM that can be programmed once by the user. After programming, its contents cannot be changed. It is non-volatile memory.
Sub-Topic 2: Keyboard Shortcuts (20 MCQs)
Q31. In most web browsers, the shortcut to open a new tab is:
(A) Ctrl plus N
(B) Ctrl plus T
(C) Ctrl plus W
(D) Ctrl plus R
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus T
Explanation: Ctrl plus T opens a new tab in most web browsers like Chrome and Firefox. Ctrl plus N, by contrast, opens a new window. Tabs help browse multiple pages in one window.
Q32. The shortcut to close the current tab in a browser is:
(A) Ctrl plus T
(B) Ctrl plus W
(C) Ctrl plus N
(D) Ctrl plus D
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus W
Explanation: Ctrl plus W closes the currently active tab in most web browsers. It is a quick way to close pages. Ctrl plus Shift plus T can reopen a recently closed tab.
Q33. The shortcut to reopen the last closed tab in a browser is:
(A) Ctrl plus T
(B) Ctrl plus Shift plus T
(C) Ctrl plus W
(D) Ctrl plus R
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus Shift plus T
Explanation: Ctrl plus Shift plus T reopens the most recently closed browser tab. It is useful when a tab is closed by mistake. It can be pressed multiple times to restore several tabs.
Q34. The shortcut to bookmark the current web page in most browsers is:
(A) Ctrl plus B
(B) Ctrl plus D
(C) Ctrl plus K
(D) Ctrl plus S
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus D
Explanation: Ctrl plus D bookmarks (saves to favourites) the current web page in most browsers. It allows quick access later. Bookmarks are stored in the browser.
Q35. Pressing F11 in a web browser usually:
(A) Closes the browser
(B) Toggles full-screen mode
(C) Opens settings
(D) Prints the page
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Toggles full-screen mode
Explanation: F11 toggles full-screen mode in most web browsers, hiding toolbars for a larger view. Pressing it again exits full screen. It is useful for distraction-free viewing.
Q36. The shortcut to directly open the Task Manager in Windows is:
(A) Ctrl plus Alt plus Del
(B) Ctrl plus Shift plus Esc
(C) Alt plus F4
(D) Win plus L
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus Shift plus Esc
Explanation: Ctrl plus Shift plus Esc opens the Task Manager directly without going through a menu. It is useful for closing unresponsive programs quickly. Ctrl plus Alt plus Del opens a menu with more options.
Q37. The shortcut Win plus I in Windows opens the:
(A) Settings app
(B) Recycle Bin
(C) Calculator
(D) Paint
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Settings app
Explanation: Windows key plus I opens the Settings app, where system and device settings can be changed. It provides quick access to configuration. It is a handy modern shortcut.
Q38. The shortcut Win plus Tab in Windows opens the:
(A) Start menu
(B) Task View (virtual desktops)
(C) Settings
(D) File Explorer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Task View (virtual desktops)
Explanation: Windows key plus Tab opens Task View, which shows all open windows and virtual desktops. It helps manage and switch between many windows. It is different from the quick Alt plus Tab switch.
Q39. The shortcut to zoom in within most browsers and documents is:
(A) Ctrl plus Minus
(B) Ctrl plus Plus
(C) Ctrl plus 0
(D) Ctrl plus Z
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus Plus
Explanation: Ctrl plus Plus zooms in to make content larger in browsers and many applications. Ctrl plus Minus zooms out. Ctrl plus 0 resets the zoom level.
Q40. The shortcut to zoom out in most browsers is:
(A) Ctrl plus Plus
(B) Ctrl plus Minus
(C) Ctrl plus 0
(D) Ctrl plus W
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Ctrl plus Minus
Explanation: Ctrl plus Minus zooms out to make content smaller in browsers and applications. It is the opposite of Ctrl plus Plus. Ctrl plus 0 returns the zoom to normal.
Q41. The shortcut Alt plus Enter usually opens the ____ of a selected item.
(A) Properties
(B) Recycle Bin
(C) Browser
(D) Calculator
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Properties
Explanation: Alt plus Enter opens the Properties window of a selected file, folder, or item in Windows. It shows details and settings. It is a quick alternative to right-clicking and choosing Properties.
Q42. The shortcut Ctrl plus Backspace in a text editor usually:
(A) Deletes one character
(B) Deletes the entire previous word
(C) Saves the file
(D) Prints the page
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Deletes the entire previous word
Explanation: Ctrl plus Backspace deletes the whole word to the left of the cursor instead of just one character. It speeds up editing. Ctrl plus Delete deletes the word to the right.
Q43. Holding Ctrl and pressing the Right Arrow key moves the cursor:
(A) One character right
(B) One whole word to the right
(C) To the end of the document
(D) Up one line
Show Answer
Answer: (B) One whole word to the right
Explanation: Ctrl plus Right Arrow moves the cursor one whole word to the right instead of one character. This makes navigating text faster. Ctrl plus Left Arrow moves one word to the left.
Q44. The shortcut Win plus Up Arrow in Windows usually:
(A) Minimises the window
(B) Maximises the active window
(C) Closes the window
(D) Opens settings
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Maximises the active window
Explanation: Windows key plus Up Arrow maximises the currently active window to fill the screen. Win plus Down Arrow minimises or restores it. These help manage window sizes quickly.
Q45. The shortcut Ctrl plus Esc in Windows opens the:
(A) Task Manager
(B) Start menu
(C) Settings
(D) Recycle Bin
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Start menu
Explanation: Ctrl plus Esc opens the Start menu, the same as pressing the Windows key. It gives access to programs and search. It is an alternative for keyboards without a Windows key.
Q46. In Windows File Explorer, the shortcut Ctrl plus Shift plus N is used to:
(A) Open settings
(B) Create a new folder
(C) Delete a file
(D) Print a document
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Create a new folder
Explanation: Ctrl plus Shift plus N creates a new folder in Windows File Explorer. It saves time over right-clicking. The new folder is ready to be named immediately.
Q47. The shortcut Win plus S in Windows usually opens the:
(A) Search box
(B) Settings
(C) Recycle Bin
(D) Calculator
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Search box
Explanation: Windows key plus S opens the search box, allowing users to quickly search for apps, files, and settings. It speeds up finding things on the computer. It is a useful productivity shortcut.
Q48. The shortcut Win plus PrtSc (Print Screen) in Windows:
(A) Closes the screen
(B) Captures the full screen and saves it as a file
(C) Opens settings
(D) Deletes files
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Captures the full screen and saves it as a file
Explanation: Windows key plus Print Screen captures the entire screen and automatically saves it as an image file in the Screenshots folder. This is more convenient than copying to the clipboard. It is a quick way to save screenshots.
Q49. The shortcut to refresh a web page in a browser is:
(A) F5 or Ctrl plus R
(B) Ctrl plus W
(C) Ctrl plus T
(D) Alt plus F4
Show Answer
Answer: (A) F5 or Ctrl plus R
Explanation: Pressing F5 or Ctrl plus R refreshes (reloads) the current web page in a browser. This loads the latest version of the page. It is useful when content has changed.
Q50. In many applications, the shortcut F3 is commonly used to:
(A) Save the file
(B) Find or search again
(C) Close the app
(D) Print
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Find or search again
Explanation: F3 is often used to find or repeat a search within documents, browsers, and File Explorer. It quickly opens or continues the search. It complements Ctrl plus F.
Sub-Topic 3: Latest Technologies (AI, Cloud Computing, IoT) (30 MCQs)
Q51. AI stands for:
(A) Automatic Internet
(B) Artificial Intelligence
(C) Advanced Information
(D) Applied Integration
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Artificial Intelligence
Explanation: AI stands for Artificial Intelligence, the simulation of human intelligence by machines. It enables computers to learn, reason, and make decisions. Examples include chatbots and recommendation systems.
Q52. Machine Learning (ML) is a branch of AI that focuses on:
(A) Building hardware
(B) Systems that learn and improve from data
(C) Cleaning screens
(D) Printing reports
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Systems that learn and improve from data
Explanation: Machine Learning is a subset of AI where systems learn patterns from data and improve their performance over time without being explicitly programmed. It powers many AI applications. More data usually improves learning.
Q53. Which of the following is an example of an AI application?
(A) A basic calculator
(B) Voice assistants like Siri or Alexa
(C) A simple light switch
(D) A paper notebook
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Voice assistants like Siri or Alexa
Explanation: Voice assistants such as Siri and Alexa are AI applications that understand speech and respond intelligently. They use natural language processing. Recommendation engines are another example.
Q54. Cloud computing means:
(A) Storing data on local disks only
(B) Using computing resources and storage over the internet
(C) Cleaning the keyboard
(D) Cooling the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Using computing resources and storage over the internet
Explanation: Cloud computing delivers computing services like storage, servers, and software over the internet. Users access resources on demand without owning physical hardware. It offers flexibility and scalability.
Q55. Which of the following is an example of a cloud storage service?
(A) Google Drive
(B) MS Paint
(C) Notepad
(D) Calculator
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Google Drive
Explanation: Google Drive is a cloud storage service that stores files online, accessible from anywhere with internet. Dropbox and OneDrive are other examples. They allow easy sharing and backup.
Q56. IoT stands for:
(A) Internet of Tools
(B) Internet of Things
(C) Input of Technology
(D) Internal Online Transfer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Internet of Things
Explanation: IoT stands for Internet of Things, a network of physical devices connected to the internet that collect and share data. Examples include smart watches and smart home devices. It enables automation and remote control.
Q57. A smart home device like a smart bulb controlled via the internet is an example of:
(A) IoT
(B) A mainframe
(C) A supercomputer
(D) A floppy disk
Show Answer
Answer: (A) IoT
Explanation: A smart bulb that can be controlled over the internet is an example of an IoT device. It connects to a network and can be operated remotely. Smart thermostats and watches are similar examples.
Q58. The cloud service model that provides ready-to-use software over the internet is:
(A) IaaS
(B) PaaS
(C) SaaS (Software as a Service)
(D) DaaS
Show Answer
Answer: (C) SaaS (Software as a Service)
Explanation: SaaS (Software as a Service) provides ready-to-use software applications over the internet, such as Gmail or Google Docs. Users access them through a browser. There is no need to install or maintain the software.
Q59. The cloud model that provides basic infrastructure like servers and storage is:
(A) SaaS
(B) PaaS
(C) IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service)
(D) BaaS
Show Answer
Answer: (C) IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service)
Explanation: IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service) provides virtualised computing resources like servers, storage, and networks over the internet. Users manage the software on top. It offers flexible, scalable infrastructure.
Q60. Big Data refers to:
(A) A single small file
(B) Extremely large and complex data sets
(C) A type of printer
(D) A small spreadsheet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Extremely large and complex data sets
Explanation: Big Data refers to extremely large and complex data sets that traditional tools cannot handle easily. It involves high volume, velocity, and variety of data. Special tools are used to analyse it.
Q61. Blockchain technology is best known for being:
(A) A single central database
(B) A decentralised and secure digital ledger
(C) A type of monitor
(D) A printer driver
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A decentralised and secure digital ledger
Explanation: Blockchain is a decentralised, distributed digital ledger that records transactions securely across many computers. It is very difficult to alter once recorded. It underpins cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin.
Q62. Bitcoin is an example of a:
(A) Web browser
(B) Cryptocurrency
(C) Operating system
(D) Search engine
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Cryptocurrency
Explanation: Bitcoin is a cryptocurrency, a digital currency that uses blockchain technology and cryptography for security. It operates without a central bank. It is the most well-known cryptocurrency.
Q63. Virtual Reality (VR) technology mainly provides:
(A) A fully computer-generated immersive environment
(B) Only printed documents
(C) Faster typing
(D) More storage
Show Answer
Answer: (A) A fully computer-generated immersive environment
Explanation: Virtual Reality creates a fully computer-generated, immersive 3D environment that users can interact with, usually through a headset. It simulates a different world. It is used in gaming and training.
Q64. Augmented Reality (AR) technology:
(A) Replaces the real world completely
(B) Overlays digital content onto the real world
(C) Deletes all data
(D) Cools the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Overlays digital content onto the real world
Explanation: Augmented Reality overlays digital information or images onto the real-world view, usually through a phone or smart glasses. Unlike VR, it enhances reality rather than replacing it. Pokemon GO is a popular example.
Q65. 5G technology mainly offers:
(A) Slower internet
(B) Faster mobile internet speeds and lower latency
(C) Less coverage
(D) No data transfer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Faster mobile internet speeds and lower latency
Explanation: 5G is the fifth generation of mobile networks offering much faster speeds and lower latency than 4G. It supports more connected devices. It enables advanced applications like IoT and smart cities.
Q66. A computer program that simulates human conversation is called a:
(A) Chatbot
(B) Compiler
(C) Firewall
(D) Cookie
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Chatbot
Explanation: A chatbot is an AI program that simulates human conversation through text or voice. It is used in customer support and virtual assistants. It can answer questions automatically.
Q67. Robotics is the branch of technology that deals with:
(A) Designing, building, and operating robots
(B) Cleaning monitors
(C) Printing reports
(D) Storing files
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Designing, building, and operating robots
Explanation: Robotics involves the design, construction, and operation of robots that can perform tasks automatically. It combines mechanical, electronic, and software engineering. Robots are used in industry, medicine, and more.
Q68. Quantum computing is based on the principles of:
(A) Classical mechanics only
(B) Quantum mechanics
(C) Optical illusions
(D) Magnetism only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Quantum mechanics
Explanation: Quantum computing uses the principles of quantum mechanics, using qubits that can represent multiple states at once. This allows it to solve certain problems much faster than classical computers. It is an emerging technology.
Q69. NFC, used for contactless payments, stands for:
(A) Near Field Communication
(B) New Format Code
(C) Network File Center
(D) Node Frequency Channel
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Near Field Communication
Explanation: NFC stands for Near Field Communication, a short-range wireless technology used for contactless payments and data sharing. Devices must be very close to communicate. It is used in tap-to-pay systems.
Q70. Edge computing means processing data:
(A) Only in distant data centres
(B) Closer to where the data is generated
(C) Only on paper
(D) Only in the CPU registers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Closer to where the data is generated
Explanation: Edge computing processes data near its source or device rather than sending it all to a distant cloud. This reduces delay and bandwidth use. It is useful for real-time IoT applications.
Q71. A private cloud is best described as cloud infrastructure that is:
(A) Shared by the public
(B) Dedicated to a single organisation
(C) Always free
(D) A type of hardware only
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Dedicated to a single organisation
Explanation: A private cloud is cloud infrastructure dedicated to and used by a single organisation. It offers more control and security than a public cloud. It is often used by large enterprises.
Q72. AI that can understand and process human language is associated with:
(A) Natural Language Processing (NLP)
(B) Disk defragmentation
(C) File compression
(D) Booting
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Natural Language Processing (NLP)
Explanation: Natural Language Processing (NLP) is the branch of AI that enables computers to understand, interpret, and generate human language. It powers translation, chatbots, and voice assistants. It bridges human and machine communication.
Q73. Self-driving cars mainly rely on which technology?
(A) Only manual control
(B) AI, sensors, and machine learning
(C) Floppy disks
(D) Dot matrix printers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) AI, sensors, and machine learning
Explanation: Self-driving cars use AI, sensors, cameras, and machine learning to perceive their surroundings and make driving decisions. They process huge amounts of real-time data. This enables autonomous navigation.
Q74. A 'data center' is mainly used to:
(A) Cool a single laptop
(B) House large numbers of servers and storage systems
(C) Print documents
(D) Play music
Show Answer
Answer: (B) House large numbers of servers and storage systems
Explanation: A data center is a facility that houses many servers, storage, and networking equipment to store and process large amounts of data. Cloud services run from data centers. They require power and cooling systems.
Q75. Biometric authentication uses which of the following?
(A) Passwords only
(B) Unique physical traits like fingerprints or face
(C) Random numbers
(D) Email addresses
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Unique physical traits like fingerprints or face
Explanation: Biometric authentication verifies identity using unique physical characteristics such as fingerprints, face, or iris. It is more secure and convenient than passwords. It is widely used in phones and attendance systems.
Q76. The technology behind 'smart assistants' answering voice commands combines AI and:
(A) Disk formatting
(B) Speech recognition / NLP
(C) File compression
(D) Booting
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Speech recognition / NLP
Explanation: Smart assistants combine AI with speech recognition and natural language processing to understand and respond to voice commands. They convert speech to text and interpret meaning. This enables hands-free interaction.
Q77. A drone is an example of a/an:
(A) Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)
(B) Mainframe computer
(C) Optical disc
(D) Spreadsheet
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)
Explanation: A drone is an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) that can fly without a human pilot on board. It is controlled remotely or flies autonomously. Drones are used for photography, delivery, and surveillance.
Q78. Which of the following best describes 'automation'?
(A) Doing tasks manually
(B) Using technology to perform tasks with minimal human effort
(C) Deleting data
(D) Cooling hardware
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Using technology to perform tasks with minimal human effort
Explanation: Automation uses technology and machines to perform tasks automatically with little or no human intervention. It increases efficiency and reduces errors. It is widely used in industries and software.
Q79. The 'public cloud' is cloud computing where resources are:
(A) Owned by one company only
(B) Shared and provided to many users over the internet
(C) Only offline
(D) Stored on paper
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Shared and provided to many users over the internet
Explanation: A public cloud provides computing resources shared among many users over the internet, managed by a third-party provider. Examples include AWS and Google Cloud. It is cost-effective and scalable.
Q80. Which technology connects everyday physical objects to the internet to share data?
(A) IoT (Internet of Things)
(B) OCR
(C) MICR
(D) DPI
Show Answer
Answer: (A) IoT (Internet of Things)
Explanation: The Internet of Things (IoT) connects everyday physical objects, like appliances and sensors, to the internet so they can collect and exchange data. This enables smart automation. It is a rapidly growing field.
Sub-Topic 4: Banking / Exam-specific Software & Applications (20 MCQs)
Q81. NEFT, used in banking, stands for:
(A) National Electronic Funds Transfer
(B) New Electronic Finance Transfer
(C) National Exchange Fund Transaction
(D) Net Electronic Fast Transfer
Show Answer
Answer: (A) National Electronic Funds Transfer
Explanation: NEFT stands for National Electronic Funds Transfer, an electronic system for transferring money between banks in India. It processes transactions in batches. It is used for non-urgent transfers.
Q82. RTGS, used for large transactions, stands for:
(A) Real Time Gross Settlement
(B) Rapid Transfer Gateway System
(C) Regular Transaction Gross Service
(D) Real Transfer General System
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Real Time Gross Settlement
Explanation: RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement, used for high-value transactions that are settled instantly and individually. It is mainly for large amounts. Settlement happens in real time.
Q83. IMPS in banking stands for:
(A) Immediate Payment Service
(B) Internet Money Processing System
(C) Indian Mobile Payment Service
(D) Instant Money Print Service
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Immediate Payment Service
Explanation: IMPS stands for Immediate Payment Service, which allows instant money transfer between banks 24/7, including holidays. It works through mobile and internet banking. It is fast and round-the-clock.
Q84. UPI, widely used for digital payments in India, stands for:
(A) Unified Payments Interface
(B) Universal Payment Index
(C) United Personal Identity
(D) Unique Payment Identifier
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Unified Payments Interface
Explanation: UPI stands for Unified Payments Interface, a system that enables instant money transfer between bank accounts using a mobile app. It uses a virtual payment address. It has made digital payments very popular in India.
Q85. An IFSC code is used to:
(A) Identify a specific bank branch for transfers
(B) Unlock a phone
(C) Open a website
(D) Print documents
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Identify a specific bank branch for transfers
Explanation: IFSC (Indian Financial System Code) is an 11-character code that uniquely identifies a bank branch in electronic fund transfers. It is required for NEFT, RTGS, and IMPS. It ensures money reaches the correct branch.
Q86. Which organisation manages UPI and many retail payment systems in India?
(A) RBI only
(B) NPCI (National Payments Corporation of India)
(C) SEBI
(D) TRAI
Show Answer
Answer: (B) NPCI (National Payments Corporation of India)
Explanation: NPCI (National Payments Corporation of India) operates UPI, IMPS, RuPay, and other retail payment systems in India. It is an umbrella organisation for retail payments. It works under the guidance of the RBI.
Q87. BHIM is a mobile app used for:
(A) Playing games
(B) Making UPI-based digital payments
(C) Editing photos
(D) Browsing the web
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Making UPI-based digital payments
Explanation: BHIM (Bharat Interface for Money) is a mobile app developed by NPCI for making UPI-based digital payments. It allows quick money transfers using a mobile number or UPI ID. It promotes cashless transactions.
Q88. A 'Core Banking Solution' (CBS) allows:
(A) Banking only at one branch
(B) Customers to access their account from any branch of the bank
(C) Only ATM use
(D) Only cheque deposits
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Customers to access their account from any branch of the bank
Explanation: Core Banking Solution (CBS) connects all branches of a bank so customers can access their accounts from any branch. It centralises banking operations. This enables anywhere banking.
Q89. Net banking (internet banking) allows customers to:
(A) Only visit the branch
(B) Perform banking transactions online
(C) Only use ATMs
(D) Print currency
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Perform banking transactions online
Explanation: Net banking lets customers perform banking transactions such as transfers and bill payments online through a website. It is convenient and available anytime. It reduces the need to visit branches.
Q90. A debit card differs from a credit card because a debit card:
(A) Lets you borrow money
(B) Withdraws money directly from your bank account
(C) Has no PIN
(D) Cannot be used at ATMs
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Withdraws money directly from your bank account
Explanation: A debit card draws money directly from the user's bank account, while a credit card lets the user borrow up to a limit. Debit cards spend your own funds. Credit cards involve repayment later.
Q91. An 'e-wallet' (digital wallet) is used to:
(A) Store physical cash
(B) Store money digitally for online payments
(C) Print cheques
(D) Cool the CPU
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Store money digitally for online payments
Explanation: An e-wallet stores money digitally and allows users to make online and contactless payments. Examples include Paytm and Google Pay. It removes the need to carry physical cash.
Q92. KYC, required for opening bank accounts, stands for:
(A) Know Your Customer
(B) Keep Your Cash
(C) Key Your Code
(D) Known Yearly Customer
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Know Your Customer
Explanation: KYC stands for Know Your Customer, a process where banks verify the identity of their customers. It helps prevent fraud and money laundering. Documents like Aadhaar and PAN are used.
Q93. An OTP used in online banking is mainly used to:
(A) Decorate the screen
(B) Verify and authorise a transaction securely
(C) Increase storage
(D) Print receipts
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Verify and authorise a transaction securely
Explanation: An OTP (One Time Password) is a temporary code sent to the customer to verify and authorise a banking transaction. It adds an extra layer of security. It expires after a short time.
Q94. MICR code on a cheque is used to:
(A) Decorate the cheque
(B) Enable fast and accurate cheque processing
(C) Open accounts
(D) Print money
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Enable fast and accurate cheque processing
Explanation: The MICR code, printed in magnetic ink at the bottom of a cheque, enables fast and accurate cheque processing by machines. It identifies the bank and branch. It speeds up cheque clearing.
Q95. A POS machine in a shop is used to:
(A) Cool products
(B) Accept card and digital payments
(C) Print newspapers
(D) Store grains
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Accept card and digital payments
Explanation: A POS (Point of Sale) machine is used by shops to accept card and digital payments from customers. It reads cards and processes transactions. It supports cashless payments.
Q96. Aadhaar is best described as:
(A) A bank account
(B) A unique identity number issued in India
(C) A credit card
(D) A mobile app
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A unique identity number issued in India
Explanation: Aadhaar is a unique 12-digit identity number issued to residents of India by UIDAI, based on biometric and demographic data. It is widely used for identification and verification. It links to many services.
Q97. CTS, used in cheque clearing, stands for:
(A) Cheque Truncation System
(B) Central Transaction Service
(C) Card Transfer System
(D) Customer Tracking System
Show Answer
Answer: (A) Cheque Truncation System
Explanation: CTS stands for Cheque Truncation System, which speeds up cheque clearing by using electronic images instead of moving physical cheques. It reduces clearing time. It improves banking efficiency.
Q98. Mobile banking refers to performing banking transactions using:
(A) Only a physical branch
(B) A mobile phone app or service
(C) Only an ATM
(D) A printer
Show Answer
Answer: (B) A mobile phone app or service
Explanation: Mobile banking allows customers to perform banking transactions using a smartphone app or service. It includes transfers, bill payments, and balance checks. It offers banking on the go.
Q99. A digital signature in banking is mainly used to:
(A) Decorate documents
(B) Securely verify identity and authenticate documents
(C) Print currency
(D) Cool servers
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Securely verify identity and authenticate documents
Explanation: A digital signature is used in banking to securely verify a person's identity and confirm that a document or transaction is authentic and unaltered. It provides security and trust. It is legally recognised.
Q100. Which of the following is a unique advantage of UPI payments?
(A) Requires visiting the bank
(B) Instant transfer using just a UPI ID or mobile number
(C) Works only on holidays
(D) Needs no internet
Show Answer
Answer: (B) Instant transfer using just a UPI ID or mobile number
Explanation: UPI allows instant money transfer at any time using just a UPI ID or mobile number, without needing bank account details each time. It works 24/7 through mobile apps. This convenience has made it very popular.
Related Posts — RSMSSB CET 2026
- Computer Abbreviations: 200+ Full Forms List for RSMSSB CET 2026 & Competitive Exams
- Computer Shortcut Keys List (1–300) | Windows, Word, Excel, CET 2026
- Rajasthan CET 2026 Computer Index | Full Syllabus (Hindi + English) PDF
- Rajasthan CET Graduate Level Syllabus 2026: New Exam Pattern & Topics
- RSSB CET Graduate Level 2026: Eligibility, Exam Pattern & Syllabus
Daily Current Affairs — Category Wise
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (English)-July 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (Hindi)-July 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (Hindi)-May 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (English)-May 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (English)-April 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (Hindi)-April 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (English)-March 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (Hindi)-March 2026
- Sports & Games Current Affairs
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (English)-February 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (Hindi)-February 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (Hindi)-January 2026
- Daily Current Affairs Quiz (English)-January 2026